JP7291439B1 - playground - Google Patents

Abstract

A game machine having a characteristic informing means is provided. SOLUTION: When a certain error occurs during a game, both the first notification means and the second notification means execute notification regarding the error, and the setting enables the setting value to be changed or confirmed. When the certain error occurs during the execution of the operation, only the second reporting means out of the first reporting means and the second reporting means reports the certain error. [Selection drawing] Fig. 42

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine represented by a pinball game machine (pachinko machine), a reel game machine (slot machine), an enclosed game machine, or a medalless slot machine.

2. Description of the Related Art Conventionally, there is a game machine equipped with a notification means as one of game machines such as slot machines and pachinko machines (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2005-296354 A

However, the conventional game machine has room for improvement in the notification means.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a game machine having a characteristic informing means.

A gaming machine comprising first notification means, second notification means, operation means, and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values , wherein a certain error occurs In the state of occurrence (hereinafter referred to as "third state"), there may be at least the first case and the second case, and the first case means the third state, After the power has been turned off, if the power is turned on in a state in which a certain operation has been performed using the setting key, the third state occurs. In the third state, after the power is turned off, if the power is turned on after the certain operation is performed, the state in which the setting value can be changed (hereinafter referred to as the "second state") is entered. ), and when the certain error occurs during the game, both the first reporting means and the second reporting means report the error, When the certain error occurs in the state in which the set value can be changed , one of the first reporting means and the second reporting means reports the error. , the operation means is an operation means that functions as a part of the operation for changing the set value, the operation means is an operation means that functions as a part of the operation for resolving the certain error, and In the second state, the certain error can be resolved before the change in the set value is confirmed, and in the second state, the error is resolved and the error is resolved by operating the operating means. The gaming machine is characterized in that the setting value is changed .

According to the present invention, it is possible to realize a game machine having a characteristic informing means.

1 is a perspective view showing the appearance of a slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 4 is a circuit block diagram of a control section of the slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention; FIG. (a) is a plan view showing an array of symbols provided on reels of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention, and (b) is a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention; is a diagram showing types of winning combinations (including working combinations), symbol combinations corresponding to each winning combination, payouts and operations. 4 is a flow chart showing a flow of main processing by a main control unit of the slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention; 4 is a flow chart showing the flow of main controller timer interrupt processing of the slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. 4 is a flow chart showing the flow of first sub-controller main processing, first sub-controller command reception interrupt processing, and first sub-controller timer interrupt processing of the slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention. Flow of second sub-controller main processing, second sub-controller command reception interrupt processing, second sub-controller timer interrupt processing, and second sub-controller image control processing of slot machine according to one embodiment of the present invention It is a flow chart showing. 2 is a front view showing the slot machine 100 with the front door 102 opened. FIG. 1(a) is a schematic diagram (front view) of main parts extracting and showing notification means provided in the slot machine 100. FIG. (b) It is the figure which showed the example of a display by the main board display device 190. FIG. (c) to (e) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a door open error occurs. (a) It is the figure which showed an example of the error alert|reporting at the time of door opening error occurrence. (b) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing Modified Example 1 of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (g) to (i) are diagrams showing the continuation of Modification 1 of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (c) are diagrams showing a modified example 2 of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (g) to (i) are diagrams showing the continuation of Modification 2 of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of elimination of a hopper error by door reset in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of an error notification of a hopper error in the case of shifting to a setting change mode in chronological order. (a) to (e) are diagrams showing an example of an error notification of a hopper error in the case of shifting to a setting change mode in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, a modified example of notification of a hopper error when shifting to the setting change mode. (a) to (e) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, modified examples of notification of a hopper error when shifting to a setting change mode. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of an error notification of a hopper error in the case of shifting to a setting confirmation mode in chronological order. (a) It is the figure which showed an example of the error notification of the hopper error in the time series when it transfers to setting confirmation mode. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of a setting change operation in a normal setting change mode in chronological order. (a) to (b) are diagrams showing an example of a setting change operation in a normal setting change mode in chronological order. (c) to (e) are diagrams showing an example of a setting confirmation operation in a normal setting confirmation mode in chronological order. (a) to (b) are diagrams showing an example of a setting confirmation operation in a normal setting confirmation mode in chronological order. (c) to (e) are diagrams showing an example of setting change modes by operating setting keys after power-on in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of a setting change mode by operating a setting key after power-on in chronological order. (a) is a diagram showing the flow of various processes in chronological order when shifting to a setting change mode before error notification after power is turned on in a state where a certain error has occurred. (b) is a diagram showing the flow of various processes in chronological order in the case of executing error notification without shifting to the setting change mode after the power is turned on in a state where a certain error has occurred. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 1) in a state where a certain error remains. (g) to (j) are diagrams showing the continuation of the setting change (modified example 1) in a residual state of a certain error in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 2) in a state where a certain error remains. (g) to (k) are diagrams showing the continuation of the setting change (modified example 2) in a residual state of a certain error in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 3) in a certain residual error state. (g) to (i) are diagrams showing the continuation of the setting change (modified example 3) in a residual state of a certain error in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modification 4) in a certain residual error state. (g) to (k) are diagrams showing the continuation of the setting change (modified example 4) in a residual state of a certain error in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modification 5) in a certain error residual state. (g) to (j) are diagrams showing the continuation of the setting change (modified example 5) in a residual state of a certain error in chronological order. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, setting changes (modified example 6) in a certain error remaining state. (g) to (k) are diagrams showing the continuation of the setting change (modified example 6) in a state where a certain error remains in chronological order. It is the figure which showed an example of the production|presentation from normal power-on to normal game in time series. It is the figure which showed an example of the production|presentation from power-on with a setting change to a normal game in chronological order. It is the figure which showed an example of the production|presentation from power-on to a normal game with the setting change in an error occurrence state. It is the figure which showed an example of the production|presentation from power-on to a normal game with the setting change in an error occurrence state. It is the figure which showed an example of the production|presentation from power-on to a normal game with the setting change in an error occurrence state. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing, in chronological order, a modification of error notification in an error occurrence state; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of effects in error resolution during setting change; FIG. 11 is an external perspective view of a slot machine 1100 and a lending machine 1700 according to a modification as seen from the front side (player side). FIG. 11 is a circuit block diagram of a control section of a slot machine 1100 according to a modified example;

An embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.

In the slot machine of the present embodiment, a plurality of reels, into which a predetermined number of game media are inserted and on which a plurality of types of symbols are applied, start rotating when a predetermined rotation start instruction operation is received. Based on the reception of the rotation start instructing operation, the propriety of the internal winning of a plurality of types of winnings is determined by a lottery, and each of the plurality of reels individually stops rotation by receiving a predetermined rotation stop instructing operation, If the condition determined by the winning combination based on the result of the lottery and the combination of symbols when the plurality of reels stop meets the predetermined payout condition, the game medium is paid out and the game ends, and if not, the game medium is discarded. It is a game machine that progresses a series of games that end without paying out.

<Overall composition>
First, the overall configuration of the slot machine 100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of the slot machine 100 viewed from the front side (player side).

The slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1 corresponds to an example of the gaming table of the present invention, and includes a main body 101 and a front door 102 attached to the front of the main body 101 and capable of being opened and closed with respect to the main body 101. . In the specification of the present application, the state in which the front door 102 is opened (opened) with respect to the main body 101 may be referred to as "door open" or "open state." The closed (closed) state may be referred to as "door closed" or "closed state".

In this example, by inserting a key owned by the manager of the amusement arcade into the door key hole 140, the front door 102 locked in the closed state can be opened. Therefore, the administrator can unlock the front door 102 (change the closed state to the open state), but a person other than the administrator (for example, a player) cannot unlock the front door 102. .

On the right side of the main body 101, an optical sensor (detecting means, hereinafter also referred to as "open/close sensor", not shown) consisting of a light projecting part and a light receiving part is provided. A light shielding piece of a certain length provided on the front door 102 is configured to pass through the space.

The main control unit 300 monitors the states of various sensors 318 including the open/close sensor in the main control timer interrupt process, which will be described later. When the front door 102 is in a closed state and the light shielding piece of the front door 102 moves to a position where the light from the light projecting part of the open/close sensor of the main body 101 is blocked, the open/close sensor outputs a signal ( For example, a low level signal) is output toward the main control unit 300 .

On the other hand, when the front door 102 is in an open state and the light shielding piece of the front door 102 moves to a position where the light from the light projecting part of the open/close sensor of the main body 101 is not blocked, the open/close sensor indicates an open detection state. A signal (for example, a high level signal) is output toward the main control unit 300 .

That is, the open/close sensor is a detecting means capable of detecting the open/closed state of the front door (door body) 102. When the front door 102 is closed, the detection state becomes the closed detection state, and the front door 102 is open. , the detection state becomes the open detection state.

Note that the "detection means" according to the present invention is not limited to optical sensors, and may be, for example, magnetic sensors, proximity switches, micro switches, Hall elements, and the like. Further, it is not limited to switching between the open detection state and the closed detection state as the door body is opened and closed. Conversely, even when the door is in the closed state, the detection state may be the open detection state.

Here, the opening/closing sensor according to the present example is configured such that the detection state changes to the closed detection state by performing a certain operation even when the front door (door body) 102 is in the open state. Specifically, when the front door 102 is in the open state, a light shielding piece of a certain length is inserted between the light emitting portion and the light receiving portion of the open/close sensor of the main body 101 and fixed with tape or the like, and the main body is opened. By shielding the light from the light projecting part of the open/close sensor 101, even if the front door 102 is open, the detection state of the open/close sensor can be forced to the closed detection state.

The "certain operation" according to the present invention is not limited to this example. For example, a DIP switch may be provided to set the open/close sensor to the closed detection state, and the DIP switch may be operated as the predetermined operation. . Further, when the detection means is composed of a magnetic sensor, the detection state of the open/close sensor may be set to the closed detection state by bringing the magnet closer.

Three reels (a left reel 110, a middle reel 111, and a right reel 112) each having a plurality of patterns arranged on its outer peripheral surface (not shown) are housed in the center of the main body 101 and rotate inside the slot machine 100. configured to allow These reels 110 to 112 are rotationally driven by a driving device such as a stepping motor.

In this embodiment, an appropriate number of patterns are printed on strip-shaped members at equal intervals, and the strip-shaped members are attached to a predetermined circular cylindrical frame member to form reels 110 to 112 . As for the symbols on the reels 110 to 112, generally three symbols are displayed in the vertical direction from the reel window 113 when viewed from the player, so that a total of nine symbols can be seen. By rotating the reels 110 to 112, the combination of symbols seen by the player changes. In other words, each of the reels 110 to 112 functions as a display device that variably displays a combination of a plurality of types of symbols. As such a display device, an electronic image display device such as a liquid crystal display device can be employed in addition to the reel. In addition, in the present embodiment, three reels are provided inside the central part of the slot machine 100, but the number of reels and the installation position of the reels are not limited to this.

A reel backlight 148 (see FIG. 28, etc.) for illuminating individual symbols displayed on the reel window 113 is arranged on the back surface of each of the reels 110 to 112 . The backlight is desirably shielded for each pattern so that the individual patterns can be illuminated evenly. In the slot machine 100, near each reel 110 to 112, an optical sensor (index sensor; not shown) consisting of a light projecting portion and a light receiving portion is provided. and a light-receiving portion, a light-shielding piece of a certain length provided on the reel passes through. Based on the detection result of this sensor, the positions of the symbols on the reels in the rotational direction are determined, and the reels 110 to 112 are stopped so that the desired symbols are displayed on the winning line.

The pay line display lamp 120 is a lamp that indicates the pay line 114 to be activated. The valid winning line 114 is determined in advance by the number of medals betted as game media. There are five winning lines 114 . For example, if one medal is bet, the middle horizontal prize line will be valid, and if two medals are bet, three lines will be valid with the addition of the upper horizontal prize line and the lower horizontal prize line, and the medal will be awarded. When 3 coins are bet, 5 lines obtained by adding a lower right pay line and an upper right pay line may be effective as pay lines. The number of pay lines 114 is not limited to 5. For example, when one medal is bet, the middle horizontal pay line, the upper horizontal pay line, the lower horizontal pay line, the right Five lines, ie, a downward pay line and an upward pay line may be set as valid pay lines, or the same number of pay lines may be uniformly set as valid pay lines regardless of the number of bets.

The notification lamp 123 is, for example, a lamp that informs the player that a specific winning combination (more specifically, a bonus combination) has been internally won in an internal winning combination lottery to be described later, or that a bonus game is in progress. be. The game medal insertable lamp 124 is a lamp for notifying that the player can insert game medals. The replay lamp 122 notifies the player that the current game can be replayed (no need to insert medals) when the player wins the replay which is one of the winning combinations in the previous game. is a lamp. The reel panel lamp 128 is a lamp for effect.

The bet buttons 130 to 132 are buttons for inserting a predetermined number of medals (referred to as credits) electronically stored in the slot machine 100 . In this embodiment, each time the bet button 130 is pressed, one card is inserted up to a maximum of three cards, two cards are inserted when the bet button 131 is depressed, and three cards are inserted when the bet button 132 is depressed. It has become so. The bet button 132 is hereinafter also referred to as a MAX bet button. The game medal insertion lamp 129 turns on the number of lamps corresponding to the number of inserted medals, and when a specified number of medals are inserted, the game starts to indicate that the game start operation is possible. Lamp 121 lights up. Hereinafter, in this embodiment, a game in which three medals are inserted may be referred to as a "three bet game", and a game in which two medals are inserted may be referred to as a "two bet game".

The medal insertion slot 141 is an insertion slot for the player to insert medals when starting a game. That is, medals can be inserted electronically using the bet buttons 130 to 132, or actual medals can be inserted (insertion operation) from the medal insertion slot 141, and "insertion" includes both. be.

The stored number display 125 is a display for displaying the number of medals electronically stored in the slot machine 100 . The game information display 126 is a display for displaying various internal information (for example, the number of medals to be paid out during a bonus game) numerically. The payout number display 127 is a display for displaying the number of medals to be paid out to the player as a result of winning a winning combination. In this embodiment, the accumulated number display 125, the game information display 126, and the payout number display 127 are composed of 7-segment (SEG) displays. Note that the payout number display 127 of the present embodiment also functions as an effect device that notifies information about the stop operation (for example, the operation order of the stop buttons 137 to 139, etc.).

The start lever 135 is a lever-type switch for starting rotation of the reels 110-112. That is, when a desired number of medals is inserted into the medal slot 141 or the bet buttons 130-132 are operated to operate the start lever 135, the reels 110-112 start rotating. An operation on the start lever 135 is called a game start operation.

The stop button unit 136 is provided with stop buttons 137-139. The stop buttons 137 to 139 are button-type push-down switches for individually stopping the reels 110 to 112 that have started rotating by operating the start lever 135, and are provided in association with the respective reels 110 to 112. . More specifically, the left reel 110 can be stopped by operating the left stop button 137, the middle reel 111 can be stopped by operating the middle stop button 138, and the right stop button 139 can be stopped. By operating it, the right reel 112 can be stopped.

Hereinafter, the operation of the stop buttons 137 to 139 is called stop operation, the first stop operation is called first stop operation, the next stop operation is called second stop operation, and the last stop operation is called third stop operation. The reel to be operated may be called the first stop reel, the reel to be stopped by the second stop operation may be called the second stop reel, and the reel to be stopped by the third stop operation may be called the third stop reel. Further, the order of stopping operation of the stop buttons 137-139 for stopping all the rotating reels 110-112 is called the operation order or the pressing order. The operation order of the stop operation with the left reel 110 as the first stop reel is called "forward push operation order" or simply "forward push", and the operation order of the stop operation with the middle reel 111 as the first stop reel is called " The operation sequence for the stopping operation with the right reel 112 as the first stop reel is called the "reverse pressing operation sequence" or simply "reverse pressing". A light emitter may be provided inside each of the stop buttons 137 to 139, and when the stop buttons 137 to 139 can be operated, the light emitter can be turned on to inform the player.

The medal return button 133 is a button that is pressed to remove medals when the inserted medals are jammed. The settlement button 134 is a button for settlement of the medals electronically stored in the slot machine 100 and the medals placed on the bet, and ejecting the medals from the medal payout port 155 . The door key hole 140 is a hole into which a key for unlocking the front door 102 of the slot machine 100 is inserted. The medal payout port 155 is a payout port for paying out medals.

Below the stop button unit 136, a decorative title panel 162 for displaying the model name is provided. A medal payout port 155 and a medal tray 161 are provided below the title panel 162 .

The sound hole 181 is a hole for outputting the sound of a speaker provided inside the slot machine 100 to the outside. An upper lamp 142 provided on the upper portion of the front door 102 and side lamps 144 provided on the left and right portions of the front door 102 are decorative lamps for enlivening the game.

A production device 160 is arranged on the upper part of the front door 102, and a sound hole 143 is provided on the upper part of the production device 160.例文帳に追加This production device 160 includes a shutter (shielding device) 163 consisting of two right and left shutters 163a and 163b that can be opened and closed in the horizontal direction, and a liquid crystal display device 157 (not shown) disposed behind the shutter 163. When the right shutter 163a and the left shutter 163b are opened horizontally in front of the liquid crystal display device 157, the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 157 is displayed in front of the slot machine 100 (on the side of the player). It is a structure that appears.

The liquid crystal display device (effect image display device) 157 of the present embodiment also functions as a effect device that executes effects described later.

The effect button 192 is a button that can be operated when executing a predetermined effect. In the present embodiment, an effect suggesting the provision of a privilege may be executed based on the operation of the effect button 192 .

It should be noted that, even if the display device is not a liquid crystal display device, it may be configured to be able to display various effect images and various game information. , a reel (drum), or a display device comprising a projector and a screen. In addition, the display screen is rectangular, and is configured so that the player can visually recognize the entire display screen. Although the display screen is rectangular in this embodiment, it may be square. In addition, a decoration (not shown) may be provided on the periphery of the display screen so that a part of the periphery of the display screen is hidden by the decoration, so that the display screen looks oddly shaped. Although the display screen is a flat surface in this embodiment, it may be a curved surface.

<Circuit Configuration of Control Unit>
Next, the circuit configuration of the control section of the slot machine 100 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a circuit block diagram of the control unit.

The control units of the slot machine 100 can be broadly divided into a main control unit 300 that controls the progress of a game, and a command signal (hereinafter simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. and a second sub-controller 500 that controls various devices based on commands sent from the first sub-controller 400 .

<Main control part>
First, the main controller 300 of the slot machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. This basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, control program data, lottery data used in internal lottery for winning combinations, and stopping of the reels. A ROM 306 for storing positions, etc., a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 310 for controlling input/output of various devices, a counter timer 312 for measuring time, number of times, etc. A WDT (watch dog timer) 314 is mounted. Note that other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and RAM 308, and this also applies to the first sub-controller 400 and the second sub-controller 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal having a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 315b as a system clock. Furthermore, when the power is turned on, the CPU 304 transmits data for frequency division stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 306 to the counter timer 312, and the counter timer 312 calculates an interrupt time based on the received data for frequency division. It determines and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 304 for each interrupt time. The CPU 304 uses this interrupt request as a trigger to monitor each sensor and transmit drive pulses. For example, when the clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 315b is set to 8 MHz, the frequency division value of the counter timer 312 is set to 1/256, and the data for frequency division of the ROM 306 is set to 47, the interrupt reference time is 256×47÷8 MHz. = 1.504 ms.

The main control unit 300 includes a random number generation circuit 316 that is used as a hardware random number counter that varies the numerical value in the range of 0 to 65535 based on the clock signal input from the crystal oscillator 315a, and a random number generation circuit 316 that is activated when the power is turned on. A start signal output circuit 338 that outputs a signal (reset signal) is provided, and the CPU 304 starts game control when the start signal is input from the start signal output circuit 338 (main control unit main processing described later). ).

In addition, the main control unit 300 has a sensor circuit 320, and the CPU 304 detects various sensors 318 (bet button 130 sensor, bet button 131 sensor, bet button 132 sensor, medal insertion slot 141) at each interrupt time. Medal reception sensor for medals, start lever 135 sensor, stop button 137 sensor, stop button 138 sensor, stop button 139 sensor, checkout button 134 sensor, medal payout sensor for medals paid out from medal payout device 180, index sensor for reel 110, The state of the index sensor of the reel 111, the index sensor of the reel 112, the effect button 192 sensor, etc.) is monitored.

When the sensor circuit 320 detects the H level of the start lever sensor, it outputs a signal indicating this detection to the random number generation circuit 316 . The random number generation circuit 316 that receives this signal latches the value at that timing and stores it in a register that stores the random number used for the lottery.

Two medal reception sensors are installed in the internal passage of the medal insertion slot 141, and detect the presence or absence of passage of medals. Two start lever 135 sensors are installed inside the start lever 135 and detect the start operation by the player. A stop button 137 sensor, a stop button 138 sensor, and a stop button 139 sensor are installed on each of the stop buttons 137 to 139, and detect the operation of the stop buttons by the player.

A bet button 130 sensor, a bet button 131 sensor, and a bet button 132 sensor are installed in each of the medal insertion buttons 130 to 132, and the medals electronically stored in the RAM 308 are inserted as medals to be inserted into the game. Detects a put operation when The settlement button 134 sensor is provided on the settlement button 134 . When the settlement button 134 is pressed once, the electronically stored medals are settled. The medal payout sensor is a sensor for detecting medals paid out by the medal payout device 180 . Each sensor described above may be a non-contact type sensor or a contact type sensor.

The index sensor of the reel 110, the index sensor of the reel 111, and the index sensor of the reel 112 are installed at predetermined positions on the mounts of the reels 110 to 112, and each time the light shielding piece provided on the reel frame passes through, the L become a level. When the CPU 304 detects this signal, it determines that the reel has made one rotation, and resets the rotational position information of the reel to zero.

The main control unit 300 includes a drive circuit 322 for driving the stepping motors provided on the reels 110 to 112, a drive circuit 324 for driving solenoids provided in the medal selector 170 for sorting the inserted medals, and a medal payout device 180. A drive circuit 326 that drives the motor, and various lamps 336 (win line display lamp 120, game medal insertion possible lamp 124, re-game lamp 122, game medal insertion lamp 129, game start lamp 121, accumulated number display 125, game information A drive circuit 328 for driving the indicator 126 and the payout number indicator 127) is provided.

An information output circuit 334 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 inputs an information input circuit 652 provided in an external hall computer (not shown) or the like through the information output circuit 334. The game information (for example, game state) of the machine 100 is output. In addition, the main control unit 300 includes a voltage monitoring circuit 330 that monitors the voltage value of the power supply supplied to the main control unit 1300. The voltage monitoring circuit 330 detects that the voltage value of the power supply is a predetermined value (this embodiment). 9v), it outputs a low voltage signal to the basic circuit 302 indicating that the voltage has dropped.

The main control section 300 also has an output interface for transmitting commands to the first sub-control section 400 and enables communication with the first sub-control section 400 . Information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400 is one-way communication, and the main control unit 300 can transmit signals such as commands to the first sub-control unit 400. Signals such as commands cannot be transmitted from the unit 400 to the main control unit 300 .

<Sub-controller>
Next, the first sub-controller 400 of the slot machine 100 will be described. The first sub-controller 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that receives control commands transmitted by the main controller 300 via an input interface and controls the entire first sub-controller 400 based on the control commands. there is This basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 410 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time, number of times, etc. are doing. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal having a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. The first sub-control unit 400 also stores a control program and data for controlling the entire first sub-control unit 400, a backlight lighting pattern, data for controlling various displays, and the like. are provided.

The CPU 404 transmits data for frequency division stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 406 to the counter timer 412 via the data bus at predetermined timing. The counter timer 412 determines an interrupt time based on the received frequency division data, and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 404 at each interrupt time. The CPU 404 controls each IC and each circuit based on the timing of this interrupt request.

A sound source IC 418 is provided in the first sub control unit 400, and speakers 272 and 277 are connected to the sound source IC 418 via an output interface. The sound source IC 418 controls sound output from the amplifier and speakers 272 and 277 according to commands from the CPU 404 . An S-ROM (sound ROM) storing sound data is connected to the sound source IC 418 , and the sound data obtained from this ROM is amplified by an amplifier and output from the speakers 272 and 277 .

The first sub-controller 400 is also provided with a drive circuit 422. The drive circuit 422 is connected to various lamps 420 (upper lamp, lower lamp, side lamp 144, title panel 162 lamp, notification lamp) via an input/output interface. 123, etc.) are connected.

A drive circuit 424 for driving the shutter 163 is provided in the first sub-control section 400, and the shutter 163 is connected to the drive circuit 424 via an output interface. This drive circuit 424 outputs a drive signal to a stepping motor (not shown) provided in the shutter 163 according to a command from the CPU 404 .

A sensor circuit 426 is provided in the first sub control unit 400, and a shutter sensor 428 is connected to the sensor circuit 426 via an input interface. The CPU 404 monitors the state of the shutter sensor 428 every interrupt time.

The CPU 404 also transmits and receives signals to and from the second sub-controller 500 via the output interface. The second sub-controller 500 of the slot machine 100 controls the liquid crystal display device 157 and the like.

Next, the second sub-controller 500 of the slot machine 100 will be described. The second sub-control unit 500 receives the control command transmitted by the first sub-control unit 400 via the input interface, and operates the basic circuit 502 that controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on this control command. This basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 510 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter for measuring time, number of times, etc. A timer 512 is mounted. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal having a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock. The second sub-controller 500 also has a ROM 506 that stores a control program and data for controlling the second sub-controller 500 as a whole, image display data, and the like.

The CPU 504 transmits data for frequency division stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 506 to the counter timer 512 via the data bus at predetermined timing. The counter timer 512 determines an interrupt time based on the received frequency division data, and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 504 at each interrupt time. The CPU 504 controls each IC and each circuit based on the timing of this interrupt request.

A VDP 516 (video display processor) is provided in the second sub control unit 500, and a ROM 506 and a VRAM 518 are connected to the VDP 516 via a bus. The VDP 516 reads image data and the like stored in the ROM 506 based on a signal from the CPU 504 , generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 518 , and displays the image on the effect image display device 157 .

<Pattern arrangement>
The pattern arrangement applied to each reel 110 to 112 will be described with reference to FIG. 3(a). In addition, this figure is a plan view showing the arrangement of the symbols applied to each reel (the left reel 110, the middle reel 111, and the right reel 112).

On each of the reels 110 to 112, a predetermined number of symbols (21 frames numbered 0 to 20 in this embodiment) of a plurality of types (eight types in this embodiment) shown on the right side of the figure are arranged. Numbers 0 to 20 shown at the left end of the figure indicate the arrangement positions of symbols on the respective reels 110 to 112 . For example, in the present embodiment, the number 1 piece on the left reel 110 has a "replay" symbol, the number 0 piece on the middle reel 111 has a "bell" symbol, and the number 2 piece on the right reel 112 has a "replay" symbol. "Watermelon" pattern is placed on each.

<Types of winning roles>
Next, with reference to FIG. 3(b), the types of winning combinations of the slot machine 100 will be described. The figure shows the types of winning combinations (including working combinations), symbol combinations corresponding to each winning combination, and the activation or payout of each winning combination. Of the winning combinations in this embodiment, the big bonus (BB1, BB2) and the regular bonus (RB) are bonus combinations that shift to the bonus game, and the replay (replay) is repeated without inserting new medals. Winning hands may be distinguished from winning hands and may be called "working hands" as the hands that can be played. is included. In addition, "winning" in the present embodiment includes the case where the symbol combination of the working combination that does not accompany the payout of medals (does not accompany the payout of medals) is displayed on the activated line. Bonuses and prizes for replays are included.

Winning combinations of the slot machine 100 include big bonuses (BB1, BB2), regular bonuses (RB), small combinations (cherry, watermelon, bell), and replays. It goes without saying that the types of winning combinations are not limited to these, and can be arbitrarily adopted.

"Big bonus (BB1, BB2)" (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "BB") is a special combination (operating combination) in which a big bonus game (BB game) is started by winning a prize. The corresponding symbol combinations are "BB1 symbol (also referred to as white 7)-BB1 symbol-BB1 symbol" for BB1 and "BB2 symbol (also referred to as blue 7)-BB2 symbol-BB2 symbol" for BB2. Further, the flag carryover is performed for BB1 and BB2. That is, when BB1 or BB2 is internally won, a flag indicating this is set (stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300). The state in which the flag indicating internal winning is set is maintained until the next game and thereafter, BB1 and BB2 are internally winning, and the symbol combination "white 7-white 7-white 7" corresponding to BB1 and the symbol corresponding to BB2. The combination "blue 7-blue 7-blue 7" is in a winning state.

"Regular bonus (RB)" (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "RB") is a special role (operating role) in which a regular bonus game (RB game) is started by winning a prize. The corresponding symbol combination is "RB symbol (also called bonus)-RB symbol-RB symbol". It should be noted that flag carrying over is performed for RB in the same manner as for BB described above. However, in the big bonus game (BB game), the start of the big bonus game is not based on the internal winning of the regular bonus game (RB game) or the display of the symbol combination on the winning line. A regular bonus game may be started later, and the regular bonus game may be automatically started such that when one regular bonus game is finished, the next regular bonus game is immediately started.

"Small wins (cherry, watermelon, bell) (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "cherry", "watermelon", and "bell") are winning wins in which a predetermined number of medals are paid out by winning, and the corresponding symbols The combination is "cherry pattern-ANY pattern-ANY pattern" for cherry, "watermelon pattern-watermelon pattern-watermelon pattern" for watermelon, and "bell pattern-bell pattern-bell pattern" for bell. Also, the corresponding number of payouts is as shown in FIG. In the case of "cherry symbol-ANY symbol-ANY symbol", the symbol on the left reel 110 may be a "cherry" symbol, and the symbols on the middle reel 111 and the right reel 112 may be any symbols.

"Replay" is a prize-winning combination (operating combination) that allows the next game to be played without inserting medals (game media) due to winning, and medals are not paid out. The corresponding symbol combination for the replay is "replay symbol-replay symbol-replay symbol".

Here, the internal winning probability of the winning combination will be outlined.

The internal winning probability of each role is obtained by combining numerical data corresponding to the range of lottery data associated with each role with numerical data within the range of random numbers acquired during internal lottery (65536 in this embodiment). It is obtained by the value divided by The lottery data is divided in advance into several numerical ranges, and each numerical range is associated with each winning combination and loss. In the winning combination internal lottery process to be described later, it is determined whether the random number value obtained as a result of executing the internal lottery corresponds to the lottery data corresponding to any combination, and the internal winning combination is determined. In practice, this lottery data is prepared with settings 1 to 6 that differ in the winning probability of at least one combination, and the game parlor staff can arbitrarily select and set any of the set values. .

In the present embodiment, watermelon and cherry are respectively won when the winning combination is internally won in the winning combination internal lottery process and when the operation timing of the stop operation is suitable. Hereinafter, watermelon and cherry are also referred to as chance roles. Further, Bell wins a prize when the winning combination is internally won in the winning combination internal lottery process and the stop operation is performed in the correct stop operation order. Hereinafter, the bell is also referred to as a pushing role.

The AT state is a game state in which information (details of stop operation) that is advantageous to the player is notified when the player wins an internal win for a chance combination or a push-up combination. In the AT state, the effect image display device 157 and the payout number display 127 are used to execute the operation navigation for informing the content of the stop operation to help win a prize. Specifically, when the winning combination is internally won in the AT state, the stop operation order is announced, and when the chance combination is internally won in the AT state, the timing of the stop operation (suggestion of the internally won combination) is notified. Since the operation navigation is executed, the player can easily win a predetermined small winning combination by following the details of the stop operation of the operation navigation. That is, the AT state is a state in which a large profit is given to the player by operation navigation.

On the other hand, the normal state is a state in which operation navigation is not executed even if the player wins internally for a chance combination or a push-up combination.

In this embodiment, when the AT lottery is won in the normal state, the state is shifted to the AT state. In the AT lottery, for example, it may be possible to determine whether or not a winning combination is won based on the result of an internal winning combination lottery. Further, in this embodiment, when the number of games played in the normal state after the end of the AT state reaches a predetermined threshold value (hereinafter referred to as the ceiling number of games), the state is shifted to the AT state. That is, when the AT lottery is won in the normal state, or when the number of games played in the normal state reaches the ceiling number of games, the state is shifted to the AT state, and a predetermined number of AT games is awarded. In the AT state, an AT add-on lottery for adding the number of AT games is performed, and when winning the AT add-on lottery, a predetermined number of AT games is added. On the other hand, in the AT state, when all the given AT game numbers are consumed, the AT state ends and shifts to the normal state.

<Operation of the slot machine>
Next, the processing of the main control section 300, the first sub-control section 400, and the second sub-control section 500 will be described with reference to the drawings.

<Main control unit main processing>
First, main control unit main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. It should be noted that this figure is a flow chart showing the flow of the main processing of the main controller.

When the slot machine 100 is powered on, first, in step S101, various initial setting processes are performed. In this initial setting, the stack initial value is set to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, the interrupt is disabled, the I/O 310 is initialized, various variables to be stored in the RAM 308 are initialized, the WDT 314 is permitted to operate, and the initialization is performed. Set values, etc.

In step S102, medal insertion/start operation acceptance processing is executed. Here, it is determined by detection by the sensor circuit 320 whether or not there is an electronic medal insertion operation by the bet buttons 130 to 132 or a direct medal insertion operation from the medal insertion slot 141, and if there is an insertion operation lights up the winning line display lamp 120 according to the number of inserted medals. Also, preparations are made to transmit a medal insertion command indicating that medals have been inserted to the first sub-control section 400 . When the player wins the replay role in the previous game, the processing of inserting the same number of medals as the number of medals inserted in the previous game is performed, so the player does not need to insert medals.

In addition, it checks whether or not the start lever 135 has been operated based on the detection of the sensor circuit 320, and if it is determined that the start operation has been made, the number of inserted medals is determined, and the first sub-control section 400 In response, preparations are made to transmit a start lever acceptance command indicating that the start lever 135 has been operated.

In step S103, a valid pay line is determined.

In step S104, a random number generated by the random number generation circuit 316 is obtained.

In step S105, an internal lottery process for a winning combination is performed. In the internal lottery process for the winning combination, the winning combination lottery table stored in the ROM 306 is read according to the current game state, and the internal lottery is performed using this table and the random number acquired in step S104. As a result of the internal lottery, when any winning combination (including an operating combination) is internally won, the condition device (flag) of the internally winning combination is operated (the flag of the winning combination is turned ON). Also, in this step S105, preparations are made to transmit an internal winning command indicating the result of the internal winning combination lottery to the first sub-control section 400. FIG. For example, when the watermelon is internally won, preparations are made to transmit an internal winning command indicating that the watermelon has been internally won to the first sub-control unit 400, and the result of the internal winning combination lottery is lost (the winning combination is In the case of non-winning), preparations are made to transmit an internal winning command indicating a loss to the first sub-controller 400 .

In step S106, reel stop data is selected based on the result of the internal winning combination lottery in step S105. Operation conditions are also set for the reel stop data of the winning combination for which the order of stop operation is required, and when the reel stop data corresponding to these are selected, the operation conditions are also set.

In step S107, reel rotation start processing for starting rotation of all the reels 110 to 112 is executed based on the start operation.

In step S108, reel stop control processing is performed. In the reel stop control process, it is possible to accept the stop buttons 137 to 139, and when one of the stop buttons is pressed, the stop data of the reel stop data is changed in order to stop the reel corresponding to the pressed stop button. One of the reels 110 to 112 is stopped according to the number of frames to be drawn set in the stop data. If all the reels 110-112 have stopped, the process proceeds to step S109. In this step S108, for each stop operation, a stop button reception command related to the stop button 137 to 139 that has been stopped (more specifically, for the first stop operation, a stop button reception 1 command, a second stop operation, for the stop button reception 2 command, and for the third stop operation, prepare to transmit the stop button reception 3 command) to the first sub-control unit 400, and for the stop of each reel, the reel (Specifically, reel stop 1 command for the first stop reel, reel stop 2 command for the second stop operation, reel stop command for the third stop operation 3 command) to the first sub-controller 400.

In step S109, a winning determination process is performed. In the winning determination process, the winning of the symbols stopped by pressing the stop buttons 137 to 139 is determined, and when a combination of symbols corresponding to some winning combination is displayed on the activated winning line 114, the winning. judged to have won the role. For example, if "watermelon pattern - watermelon pattern - watermelon pattern" is aligned on the activated prize line, it is determined that the watermelon prize has been won. Also, in this step S109, preparations are made to transmit a display determination command indicating the result of winning determination to the first sub-controller 400. FIG.

In step S110, medal payout processing is performed. In the medal payout process, if the player wins some winning combination with payout, the number of medals corresponding to the winning combination is paid out. In step S110, preparations are made to transmit a medal payout command indicating the number of medals to be paid out to the first sub-controller 400. FIG.

In step S111, game state control processing is performed. In this game state control process, control for shifting the game state is performed. For example, in the case of BB winning, preparations are made so that the BB game can be started from the next time. Also, in this step S111, preparations are made to transmit a game state command indicating the game state to the first sub-control section 400. FIG.

One game is completed by the above. Thereafter, the game progresses by returning to step S102 and repeating the above-described processing. Various commands prepared in the above steps are transmitted in the command setting transmission process (step S206 in FIG. 5) of the main controller timer interrupt process, which will be described later.

<Main controller timer interrupt processing>
Next, the main controller timer interrupt processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main controller 300 will be described with reference to FIG. This figure is a flow chart showing the flow of the main controller timer interrupt processing.

The main control unit 300 includes a counter timer 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (about once every 2 ms in this embodiment). Processing is started at a predetermined cycle.

In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In this timer interrupt start processing, processing such as temporarily saving the values of each register of the CPU 304 to the stack area is performed.

In step S202, the WDT 314 is periodically turned on so that the count value of the WDT 314 does not exceed the initial set value (32.8 ms in this embodiment) and a WDT interrupt does not occur (so that an abnormality in processing is not detected). In the embodiment, a restart is performed once every 2 ms, which is the cycle of the main controller timer interrupt.

In step S203, input port status update processing is performed. In this input port state update processing, the detection signals of the sensor circuits 320 of the various sensors 318 are input via the input port of the I/O 310 to monitor the presence or absence of the detection signals. It is stored in the provided signal state storage area.

In step S204, various game processes are executed, and processes corresponding to the interrupt status are executed.

In step S205, timer update processing is performed. More specifically, various timers are updated according to their respective time units.

In step S<b>206 , command setting transmission processing is performed, and various commands prepared for transmission are transmitted to the first sub-controller 400 . In the first sub-control unit 400, the command type included in the received output schedule information enables the determination of the effect control according to the change in the game control in the main control unit 300, and is included in the output schedule information. Based on the information of the command data, it becomes possible to determine the effect control contents.

In step S207, an external output signal setting process is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 652 separate from the slot machine 100 via the information output circuit 334 .

In step S208, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, first, in step S203, the signal states of the various sensors 318 stored in the signal state storage area are read out, and the presence or absence of an error related to medal insertion abnormality, medal payout abnormality, etc. is monitored. (Not shown) Execute error processing. Further, the medal selector 170 (a medal blocker operated by a solenoid provided in the medal selector 170), various lamps 339, and various 7-segment (SEG) indicators are set according to the current game state.

In step S209, it is monitored whether the low voltage signal is on. If the low-voltage signal is on (power-off is detected), the process proceeds to step S211, and if the low-voltage signal is off (power-off is not detected), the process proceeds to step S210.

In step S210, various processes for ending the timer interrupt ending process are performed. In this timer interrupt termination process, the values of the registers temporarily saved in step S201 are set in the original registers. After that, the process returns to the main control unit main process shown in FIG.

On the other hand, in step S211, a specific variable and a stack pointer for returning to the state at the time of power failure are saved as return data in a predetermined area of the RAM 308, and power failure processing such as initialization of input/output ports is performed. After that, it returns to the main control unit main processing shown in FIG.

<Processing of the first sub-controller>
Next, the processing of the first sub-controller 400 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6A is a flowchart of main processing executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-controller 400. FIG. FIG. 6B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing of the first sub-controller 400. FIG. FIG. 6(c) is a flowchart of timer interrupt processing of the first sub-controller 400. FIG.

First, the main processing of the first sub-controller 400 will be described with reference to FIG. 6(a).

When power is turned on, initialization processing is first executed in step S301. In this initialization processing, initial setting of input/output ports, initialization processing of storage areas in the RAM 408, and the like are performed. In this process, the RAM 408 is provided with an area for storing internal winning information representing the result of internal winning and an area for storing RT update information representing the game state.

In step S302, it is determined whether the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable reaches 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S303. In step S303, 0 is substituted for the timer variable. In step S304, command processing, which is processing corresponding to each command received from the main control unit 300, is executed.

In step S305, effect control processing (details will be described later) is performed. Here, production is prepared according to the production reservation information in the production reservation area provided in the RAM 408 . This preparation includes, for example, performing processing such as reading the effect data from the ROM 406, and performing updating processing of the effect data when the effect data needs to be updated.

In step S306, sound control processing is performed based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if there is a command for the sound source IC 418 in the performance data read in step S305, this command is output to the sound source IC 418.

In step S307, lamp control processing is performed based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if there is a command for various lamps 420 in the performance data read out in step S305, this command is output to the drive circuit 422. FIG.

In step S308, shutter control processing is performed based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if there is a command to the shutter 163 in the performance data read in step S305, this command is output to the drive circuit 424. FIG.

In step S309, information output processing is performed to set the command to be transmitted to the second sub-controller 500 based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if there is a command to be sent to the second sub-controller 500 in the effect data read out in step S305, the setting for outputting this control command is made, and the process returns to step S302.

Next, command reception interrupt processing of the first sub-controller 400 will be described with reference to FIG. 6(b). This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the first sub-controller 400 detects a strobe signal output by the main controller 300 . In step S401 of command reception interrupt processing, the command output by the main control unit 300 is stored in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408 as an unprocessed command.

Next, the first sub-controller timer interrupt processing executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-controller 400 will be described with reference to FIG. 6(c). The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined period (once every 2 ms in this embodiment). period.

In step S501, 1 is added to the value in the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S302 in the first sub-controller main process shown in FIG. 6A and stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S302, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10).

In step S502, the command is sent to the second sub-control unit 500 set in step S309, the random number value for effect is updated, and the like.

<Processing of the second sub-controller>
Next, the processing of the second sub-controller 500 will be described with reference to FIG. Note that FIG. 7A is a flowchart of the main processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub-controller 500. FIG. FIG. 7B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing of the second sub-controller 500. FIG. FIG. 7(c) is a flowchart of timer interrupt processing of the second sub-controller 500. FIG. FIG. 7(d) is a flowchart of the image control processing of the second sub-controller 500. As shown in FIG.

First, in step S3001 of FIG. 7A, various initial settings are performed. When power is turned on, initialization processing is first executed in step S601. In this initialization processing, input/output port initialization processing, initialization processing of storage areas in the RAM 508, initialization processing of storage areas in the VRAM 518, and the like are performed.

In step S602, it is determined whether the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable reaches 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S603.

In step S603, 0 is substituted for the timer variable.

In step S604, command processing is performed. In command processing, the CPU 504 of the second sub-controller 500 determines each command received from the CPU 404 of the first sub-controller 400 .

In step S605, effect control processing is performed. Specifically, if there is a new command in step S604, processing corresponding to this command is performed. For example, a process of reading effect data for performing image control on a background image from the ROM 506 is executed. In addition, processing such as reading other effect data from the ROM 506 is performed, and when the effect data needs to be updated, the effect data is updated.

In step S606, image control processing (described in detail later) is performed based on the processing result of step S605. For example, if there is an image control instruction in the effect data read in step S605, image control corresponding to this instruction is performed. For example, image control is performed on display images (notification images, background images). When this image control processing ends, the process returns to step S602.

Next, command reception interrupt processing of the second sub-controller 500 will be described with reference to FIG. 7(b). This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second sub-controller 500 detects the strobe signal output by the first sub-controller 400 .

In step S701 of the command reception interrupt process, the command output by the first sub-controller 400 is stored in the command storage area provided in the RAM 508 as an unprocessed command.

Next, the second sub-controller timer interrupt processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub-controller 500 will be described with reference to FIG. 7(c). The second sub-control unit 500 has a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (once every 2 ms in this embodiment). period.

In step S801, 1 is added to the value in the timer variable storage area of the RAM 508 described in step S602 in the second sub-controller main process shown in FIG. 7A and stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S602, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10).

In step S802, processing for updating the random number value for effect, etc. is performed.

Next, the image control processing in step S4006 in the main processing of the second sub-controller 500 will be described with reference to FIG. 7(d). This figure is a diagram showing a flowchart showing the flow of image control processing.

In step S901, an instruction to transfer image data is issued. Here, the CPU 504 first swaps designation of the drawing areas of the display area A and the display area B of the VRAM 536 . As a result, the effect image display device 157 displays the one-frame image stored in the display area that is not designated as the drawing area. Next, the CPU 504 sets the ROM coordinates (the transfer source address of the ROM 506), the VRAM coordinates (the transfer destination address of the VRAM 518), and the like in the attribute register of the VDP 516 based on the position information table, and then transfers the image from the ROM 506 to the VRAM 518. Set an instruction to start data transfer. The VDP 516 transfers the image data from the ROM 506 to the VRAM 518 based on the command set in the attribute register. After that, the VDP 516 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 504 .

In step S902, it is determined whether or not a transfer end interrupt signal has been input from the VDP 516. If a transfer end interrupt signal has been input, the process proceeds to step S903; otherwise, a transfer end interrupt signal has been input. wait for

In step S903, parameters are set based on the production scenario configuration table, attribute data, and the like. Here, in order to form a display image in the display area A or B of the VRAM 518 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 518 in step S901, the CPU 504 obtains image data information (coordinate axes of the VRAM 518, image size, etc.) forming the display image. , VRAM coordinates (placement coordinates), transparency, etc.) to the VDP 516 . The VDP 516 sets parameters according to the attributes based on the instructions stored in the attribute registers.

In step S904, a drawing instruction is given. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 504 instructs the VDP 516 to start drawing an image. The VDP 516 starts drawing an image in the frame buffer according to instructions from the CPU 504 .

In step S905, it is determined whether or not a generation end interrupt signal has been input from the VDP 516 based on the end of image rendering. wait for is entered.

In step S906, a scene display counter, which is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 508 and counts how many scenes of images have been generated, is incremented (+1), and the process ends.

<Error notification>
Next, error reporting that can be executed by the slot machine 100 will be described.

Errors that can occur in the slot machine 100 include door open error (door open error), hopper empty error, hopper error, medal insertion errors 1 to 4, medal payout errors 1 to 3, overflow error, RAM failure, Winning abnormality etc. are mentioned.

A door open error (door open error) is an error that notifies the opening of the door of the gaming machine, occurs when the front door 102 is opened, and is resolved when the front door 102 is closed.

A hopper empty error is a payout error related to the payout of medals, and is when the number of medals stored in the hopper accommodated inside the main body 101 falls below a specified number (for example, when the medal payout sensor remains off for 3000 ms or longer). If it does not change), it will be resolved by replenishing the hopper with more than the specified number of medals. A hopper error occurs when a connection abnormality such as disconnection is detected in the cable (wiring) connected to the hopper, and the first condition is satisfied (in this example, the connection abnormality of the hopper cable is resolved. ) later, when the second condition is satisfied (in this example, when the reset button is operated or the door is reset), the problem is resolved.

Medal insertion error 1 (medal insertion jam) occurs when inserted medals are stuck (for example, when the input state of the medal detection sensor does not change for 150 ms or more), and the error is canceled after removing the cause of the error. It is resolved when the switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted. Medal insertion error 2 occurs when the number of inserted medals exceeds a specified number, and can be resolved by changing the settings or clearing the RAM.

Medal insertion error 3 occurs when either insertion sensor 1 or insertion sensor 2 is turned on other than during medal insertion processing. (For example, when the medal detection sensor and proximity sensor detect an abnormal pattern), remove the cause of the error, and then operate the error release switch, reset button, or door reset. is canceled when it is accepted.

Medal payout error 1 (medal payout jam) occurs when there is no payout of medals for a certain period of time when the medal payout device is driven (for example, when the medal detection sensor continues to be on for 200 ms or more after changing from on to off). Medal payout error 2 occurs when medals remain while the medal payout device is being driven, and medal payout error 3 (unauthorized payout) occurs when either payout sensor 1 or payout sensor 2 is activated other than during medal payout processing. is turned on, and is resolved when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted after removing the cause of the error.

The overflow abnormality occurs when the overflow terminal of the medal auxiliary storage box is turned on, and is canceled when the operation of the error release switch, reset button, or door reset is accepted after removing the cause of the error. RAM failure (RWM failure) occurs when an abnormality is detected by checking the RAM, or when the number of medals inserted when accepting the start lever 135 is abnormal. If the door reset operation is accepted, or the setting is changed, the problem is resolved.

Winning abnormality (winning design abnormality) occurs when a winning design different from the winning determined by the internal lottery wins after the reels 110 to 112 are stopped (in the display judgment of the symbol combination, the conditional device is not activated on the effective line. Winning, operation, replay is displayed), and it is resolved when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted, or by changing the settings. A backup error occurs when the backup data is abnormal when the power is turned on, or when the checksum value of the RAM (RWM) is abnormal, and when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted. , or can be resolved by changing the settings.

Note that the gaming machine according to the present invention is not limited to slot machines, and can also be applied to pachinko machines. Errors that can occur in a pachinko machine include, for example, lower tray full error, payout device error, overpayment error, illegal payout error, main control unit communication error, magnetic abnormality error, magnetic field abnormality error, frame open error, RAM clear error , shock sensor errors, etc. These errors are also resolved when the operation of the error release switch, the reset button, or the door reset is accepted after the cause of the error is eliminated.

<Error notification/main board display, etc.>
Next, prior to explaining the error notification, the members (main board display, etc.) arranged inside the slot machine 100 will be explained with reference to FIG.

FIG. 8 is a front view showing the slot machine 100 with the front door 102 opened. The main body 101 is a box-like body surrounded by an upper plate 261, a left side plate 260, a right side plate 260, a lower plate 264 and a rear plate 242 and having an open front.

Inside the main body 101, a main control board housing case 210 containing a main control board is arranged at a position that does not overlap with the ventilation port 249 provided on the upper part of the back plate 242. Below, three reels 110-112 are arranged. A main board display (7-segment main board) 190 consisting of a 7-segment display is arranged on the main control board. The main board display 190 will be described later with reference to FIG. 9(b), but the main board display 190 is one of notification means capable of notifying game-related information (such as errors and operation states of operating means). is.

On the side of the main control board housing case 210 and the reels 110 to 112, that is, on the left side plate 260, a sub control board housing case 220 containing the sub control board is arranged. Also, on the side plate 260 on the right side, an external centralized terminal board 248 is attached which is connected to the main control board and outputs information of the slot machine 100 to an external device.

A medal payout device 180 (a device for paying out medals accumulated in the bucket) is disposed on the lower plate 264, and a power supply board is provided above the medal payout device 180, that is, below the reels 110 to 112. A power supply device 252 is arranged, and a power switch 244 is arranged in front of the power supply device 252 . The power supply device 252 converts AC power supplied from the outside to the slot machine 100 into DC power, converts it into a predetermined voltage, and supplies it to each control unit and each device such as the main control unit 300 and sub-control units 400 and 500, which will be described later. do. In addition, a power storage circuit (for example, a capacitor) is provided for supplying power to predetermined parts (for example, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, etc.) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after external power is cut off. there is

A medal auxiliary storage box 240 is arranged on the right side of the medal dispensing device 180, and an overflow terminal is arranged behind it (not shown). The power supply device 252 is provided with a power cord connection portion for connecting a power cord 264 , and the power cord 264 connected here extends to the outside through a power cord hole 262 opened in the back plate 242 of the main body 101 . there is

The front door 102 is hinged to the side plate 260 on the left side of the main body 101 via a hinge device 276, and above the pattern display window 113 is a production device 160 and a production control board ( not shown), and an upper speaker 272 is provided. Below the pattern display window 113, there are provided a medal selector 170 for sorting inserted medals, and a path 266 through which the medals pass when the medal selector 170 drops illegal medals onto the medal receiving tray 161. there is Furthermore, a bass speaker 277 is provided at a position corresponding to the sound hole 181 .

<Error notification/notification means (display means)>
Next, the notification means provided in the slot machine 100 will be described with reference to FIG. 9(a). FIG. 9(a) is a schematic view (front view) of main parts showing the notification means of the slot machine 100. FIG.

The slot machine 100 has display means capable of displaying as one of notification means. The display means provided in the slot machine 100 includes, for example, the liquid crystal display device (effect image display device) 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the game information display device 126, and FIG. and the main board display device 190, etc., which have been described using .

FIG. 9B is a diagram showing an example of display by the main board display 190. As shown in FIG. In this example, the main board display 190 is composed of a 7-segment display, and by lighting one, a plurality, or all of the seven segments a to g, predetermined game information is notified. It is possible.

Note that the main board display 190 is not limited to the 7-segment display, and other display means such as an LED may be applied. It goes without saying that the game information that can be reported is not limited to seven types.

In this example, the segment a of the main board display 190 is illuminated during operation of the reset button, and the segments b, c, and d are respectively the stop button 137 (left stop button) and the stop button 138 (middle reel stop button). ), and when the stop button 139 (right reel stop button) is operated, it lights up. Segment e lights up when the front door 102 is open, segment f lights up when a hopper error occurs, and segment g lights up when an error requiring RAM clearing (for example, medal insertion error 2 described above) occurs. Lights up when this occurs.

Note that the manner of reporting by each of the segments a to g is not limited to lighting of the segments, and it is also possible to report the states of the segments by blinking or turning off the segments. In addition, the main board display 190 may be any device as long as it can notify information related to the game, such as errors other than the exemplified errors (for example, RAM failure), and information other than the exemplified operation information (for example, game state, winning prizes, etc.). winning combination) may be notified.

<Various notification/notification means (sound output means)>
The slot machine 100 includes sound output means capable of outputting sound as one of notification means. Sound output means included in the slot machine 100 includes, for example, the speakers 272 and 277 described with reference to FIG.

<Various Notification/Notification Means (Light Emitting Means)>
The slot machine 100 includes light emitting means capable of emitting (outputting) light as one of notification means. Light-emitting means included in the slot machine 100 include, for example, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the reel backlight 148 of each reel 110 to 112, the production button 192, the stop buttons 137 to 139, and the start lever. 135, etc., and in this example, all of these light emitting means are composed of LEDs.

The effect button 192, the stop buttons 137 to 139, and the start lever 135 also function as operating means that can be operated by the player. The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine, and examples of light-emitting means provided in the pachinko machine include frame lamps, effect buttons, accessories, and the like.

<Error notification of door open error>
Next, error notification when a door opening error occurs will be described. FIGS. 9(c) to 10(a) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a door opening error occurs.

The state shown in FIG. 9C is the state before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

The state shown in FIG. 9D is a state in which a store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 and turns on the power by operating the power switch arranged inside the main body 101 .

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open").

The state shown in FIG. 9E is a state in which a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial setting have been completed.

In this state, since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 are lit, and the normal screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, while the front door 102 Since the open state continues, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification (red flashing) by the production button 192, and the opening notification sound by the speakers 272 and 277 (“The door is open”) voice) output and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red).

The state shown in FIG. 10A is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like.

In this state, since the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 is closed, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make an opening announcement sound ("Door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number indicator 125 and the payout number indicator 127 light up and While continuing the display of the normal screen by the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are lit in the production mode.

<Error notification of hopper error>
Next, error notification when a hopper error occurs will be described.

FIGS. 10(b) to 11(f) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a hopper error occurs.

The states shown in FIGS. 10(b) to 10(c) are substantially the same as the states described with reference to FIGS. 9(c) to 9(d), so description thereof is omitted. The state shown in FIG. 10(b) is different in that a hopper error (certain error) occurs before power is turned on.

Here, a hopper error (a certain error) occurs when a cable connection abnormality occurs due to disconnection of the cable connected to the hopper, etc., and the first condition is satisfied (in this example, the hopper cable This error is resolved when the second condition is satisfied (in this example, when the reset button is operated) after the connection abnormality is resolved.

<Error notification of hopper error/start of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 10D is a state in which a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial settings have been completed.

The slot machine 100 is configured to initiate at least a first announcement and a second announcement when a hopper error (some error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, an error code ("E4" in this example) is displayed using the payout number indicator 127 (first notification means). By displaying, hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, and by lighting the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 in red , hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In this state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 emit an opening notification sound. (voice saying "the door is open") and the door open error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red) are continued.

<Error notification of hopper error/resolved connection error → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 10(e) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

After the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190), the slot machine 100 When one condition is satisfied (in this example, when the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the first notification It is configured to end the second notification (hopper error notification by the main board indicator 190).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the second notification The notification (the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) ends.

According to this example, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated. Since the second notification is ended, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk and the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 emit an opening notification sound. (voice saying "the door is open") and the door open error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red) are continued.

<Error notification of hopper error/Reset button operation → Finish the first notification>
The state shown in FIG. 10(f) is a state in which the reset button is operated (the second condition is satisfied by the first operation) to resolve the hopper error (certain error).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), the segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and the first notification ( Hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127) is terminated.

According to this example, when an operation (reset button operation) is performed by a certain operation means, a certain error (hopper error) is eliminated, and a third Since the notification means (segment a of the main board display 190) performs the third notification (reset button operation notification by the segment a of the main board display 190), it is possible to notify the inside of the housing that a certain error has been resolved. The notification can be made in an easy-to-understand manner on the side, and the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like can be improved.

In addition, the "second condition" according to the present invention may be any condition that is satisfied when at least an operation is performed by a certain operation means. It may be an operation by operating means such as a setting switch, a setting key, a RAM clear button, or the like, or may be an operation such as a door reset, which will be described later.

In the same state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make the opening announcement sound. (voice saying "the door is open") and the door open error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red) are continued.

<Error notification of hopper error / Solve hopper error → Close front door>
The state shown in FIG. 11A is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved.

In this state, since the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 is closed, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make an opening announcement sound ("Door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number indicator 125 and the payout number indicator 127 light up and While continuing the display of the normal screen by the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are lit in the production mode.

<Error notification of hopper error/Second hopper error → power on>
In the state shown in FIG. 11(b), the second hopper error occurs, and the store clerk opens the front door 102 and operates the power switch arranged inside the main body 101 to turn on the power. is put in.

Since this state is almost the same as the state explained using FIG. 10(c), the explanation thereof is omitted, but the state shown in FIG. The difference is that the hopper error (some error) has occurred again.

The state shown in FIG. 11C is a state in which a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial settings have been completed.

The slot machine 100 is configured to initiate at least a first announcement and a second announcement when a hopper error (some error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, an error code ("E4" in this example) is displayed using the payout number indicator 127 (first notification means). By displaying, hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, and by lighting the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 in red , hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

When a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurs, the slot machine 100 starts an error-related voice notification until a certain condition is met (until the reset button is operated in this example). Continue voice notification. Also, if the power is turned on while a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) is occurring and the door (in this example, the front door 102) is open, the door is open. A notification sound (first notification sound; in this example, open notification sound) indicating that there is an error is output, and if the error occurs again after the error is resolved, In connection with the occurrence of an error, it is configured to output a notification sound (second notification sound; in this example, a hopper error notification sound) prompting the elimination of the error.

In the same state, after the hopper error (a certain error) was resolved, a certain error occurred again, so an open notification sound ( In place of the first notification sound (“The door is open”), the hopper error notification sound (second notification sound. In this example, “Hopper error. Please”), the hopper error is notified by voice.

According to this example, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the elimination of a certain error, depending on the situation of the gaming machine, etc. sound) can be used properly, and convenience can be improved.

In addition, when the power is turned on in a state where a certain error occurs and the door is in an open state, the first notification sound is output, and after the certain error is resolved, the When an error occurs, the second notification sound is output, so when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be output with priority, giving priority to the door being in the open state. can be notified.

In the same state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 notify the opening (flashing red), and the main board display 190 opens the door. Continue error notification (lighting of segment e in red).

In addition, the hopper error notification sound that prompts the hopper error to be resolved is not limited to a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error ("hopper error" in this example). After outputting a special notification sound (e.g., "Please call a staff member"), a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call a staff member") may be output.

<Error notification of hopper error/resolved connection error → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 11(d) is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

After the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190), the slot machine 100 When one condition is satisfied (in this example, when the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the first notification It is configured to end the second notification (hopper error notification by the main board indicator 190).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the second notification The notification (the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) ends.

In the same state, since the second hopper error (certain error) continues, the speakers 272 and 277 produce a hopper error notification sound (second notification) that prompts the elimination of the hopper error (certain error). Sound."Hopper error. Please call a staff member." The opening notification (blinking red) and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lighting red) are continued.

The state shown in FIG. 11(e) is a state in which the reset button is operated (the second condition is satisfied) to eliminate a hopper error (certain error), and the state shown in FIG. 11(f). is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error has been resolved. The explanation is omitted.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes an openable and closable door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) and notification means ( For example, liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, storage number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135 etc.), wherein the notifying means is means capable of notifying at least a certain error, and the notifying means includes sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277) , the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state (hereinafter referred to as "first notification sound", for example, "the door is open"). The sound output means provides a notification sound (hereinafter referred to as "second notification sound") that prompts the elimination of the error in relation to the occurrence of the error. For example, "Hopper error. Please call me."), and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound and the second The gaming machine is characterized in that it is means for outputting a notification sound.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound prompting to eliminate a certain error are generated according to the situation of the game machine. (Second notification sound) can be used properly, and convenience can be improved.

Further, display means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157) is provided, and the display means provides a display (for example, "Hopper This is an error. Please call an attendant."

Further, the sound output means outputs the second notification sound without outputting the first notification sound when the door body is closed while the certain error is occurring. The sound output means outputs the first notification sound and the second notification sound when the door body is in the open state in the state where the certain error occurs. It may be a means that may output

With such a configuration, when the door is in the open state, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door is in the open state and a certain error resolution are generated depending on the situation. The prompting notification sound (second notification sound) can be used properly, and the convenience can be improved.

Further, the sound output means cuts off power in the state where the certain error occurs, and when the door body is in the open state when the power is turned on, the door body is in the open state. and outputting the first notification sound even when the error is resolved, and outputting the second notification sound when the error occurs again after the certain error is resolved. .

With such a configuration, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be preferentially output, and it is possible to preferentially notify that the door body is in the open state.

In addition, it has a setting means capable of setting one set value among a plurality of set values, and when the power is turned on in a state in which a certain operation (for example, an operation to turn on from off) is performed by a setting key enters a state in which the setting value can be changed (for example, a setting change mode), turns off the power in the state where the certain error occurs, turns on the power in the state where the certain operation is performed, When the certain error is not resolved and the door is in the open state, the change of the set value is prioritized over the certain error, and the sound output means outputs the set value. Outputting the first notification sound without outputting a notification sound indicating that the value is in a changeable state, and outputting the second notification as notification of the certain error after the change of the set value is completed. It may be one that outputs sound.

With such a configuration, the setting change is prioritized over the notification of a certain error, so the setting change can be surely completed, and the setting change can be prevented from being forgotten. In addition, since the first notification sound is output after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably handle the error after the setting change is completed.

Further, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on in a state where the certain error occurs, and the door body is in the open state, the setting value of the set value is higher than the certain error. While giving priority to confirmation, the sound output means outputs the first notification sound without outputting a notification sound indicating that the setting value is in a confirmable state, and the confirmation of the setting value is completed. Afterwards, the second notification sound may be output as notification of the certain error.

Further, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on in the state where the certain error occurs, and the door body is in the closed state, the first notification sound is not output. The sound output means outputs a second notification sound, and the sound output means performs the certain operation after the power is turned on in the state where the certain error occurs, and the door body is in the open state. may output the first notification sound or may output the second notification sound.

In addition, a display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157) is provided, and the power is turned on in a state in which the certain error has occurred and the certain operation has been performed, and the door is in the open state. In such a case, the change of the setting value is prioritized over the error, and the display means displays a setting change in progress display (e.g., "setting change in progress") indicating that the setting value can be changed. It is possible to start a display including a display of a character string that says "Hopper error. Please call an attendant." can be anything.

Further, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error when the door body is in the open state when the power is turned on. There may be.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably inform the store clerk or the like of the amusement arcade that the door is open.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes an openable and closable door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, storage number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), wherein the notifying means is means capable of notifying at least a certain error, the notifying means includes sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277), and the sound output The means is means capable of outputting a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state (hereinafter referred to as "first notification sound"; for example, a sound saying "the door is open"), wherein the sound The output means is a notification sound (hereinafter referred to as "second notification sound") that prompts the elimination of the error in relation to the occurrence of the error. For example, "Hopper error. Please call the staff and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound and the second notification sound when the certain error occurs. When the power is cut off in the state where the certain error occurs, and the door body is in the open state when the power is turned on, the sound output means may perform the first operation. Means for outputting a notification sound, and outputting the second notification sound even if the door body is in the open state when the certain error occurs again after the certain error is resolved. This is a game machine characterized by:

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound prompting to eliminate a certain error are generated according to the situation of the game machine. (Second notification sound) can be used properly, and convenience can be improved. In addition, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be preferentially output, and it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

<Modification 1 of error notification of hopper error>
Next, Modified Example 1 of error notification when a hopper error occurs will be described.

FIGS. 12(a) to 13(i) are diagrams showing a modified example 1 of error notification when a hopper error occurs.

The states shown in FIGS. 12(a) and 12(b) are the same as the states described with reference to FIGS. 10(a) and 10(b). ) has occurred, and a hopper error (some error) remains when the power is turned on.

<Modified example 1 of error notification of hopper error/Start second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 12(c) is a state in which a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on, and restoration processing such as initial setting has been completed.

The slot machine 100 of this example is configured to initiate at least a first and a second notification when a certain error (eg, hopper error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, an error code ("E4" in this example) is displayed using the payout number indicator 127 (first notification means). By displaying, hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, and by lighting the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 in red , hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, the sound output means (speakers 272 and 277 in this example) of the slot machine 100 of this example produce a first notification sound (this In the example, when outputting an open notification sound (“The door is open”), and when outputting a second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound (“Hopper error. Please call the staff”) It is configured so that it may output voice)).

The state shown in FIG. 12(c) is a state in which a hopper error has occurred and the front door 102 is in an open state. In the example, the voice "the door is open") is output, and the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification by the production button 192 (blinking red), and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 ( red lighting of segment e).

In addition, the ``first notification sound'' according to the present invention may be a ``notification sound including at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state'', for example, a voice saying ``the door is open''. , and other sounds (e.g. error notification "Hopper error", notification "Please close the door" to prompt the closing of the door, etc.) → "Hopper error" → "Door is open" → "Hopper error" → etc.), or in addition to the voice "The door is open", other voices (for example, The notification sound (for example, "The door is open. Please close the door", etc.) may further include a notification to prompt closing of the door body, such as "Please close the door."

In addition, in this example, if the power is cut off with a certain error occurring and the door is open when the power is turned on (first case), the first notification sound (main In the example, it is configured to output an open notification sound), but if the door is in an open state when the power is turned on, regardless of the presence or absence of a certain error, the first notification sound (for example, The output of the opening notification sound) may always be started.

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not an error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door body is in the open state, thereby enhancing the convenience of game store clerks and the like. can.

<Modified example 1 of error notification of hopper error/resolved connection abnormality → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 12D is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

After the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190), the slot machine 100 When one condition is satisfied (in this example, when the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the first notification It is configured to end the second notification (hopper error notification by the main board indicator 190).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the second notification The notification (the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) ends.

According to this example, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated. Since the second notification is ended, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk and the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 emit an opening notification sound. (The first notification sound. In this example, the sound "The door is open.") and the door open error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red) are continued.

<Modified example 1 of error notification of hopper error/Resolving connection error → Closure of front door>
The state shown in FIG. 12(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, power is cut off in a state where a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurs, and when the power is turned on, the door (front door 102 in this example) opens. In the case of the state (first case), to eliminate an error while outputting the first notification sound (in this example, the opening notification sound ("the door is open")). The first notification sound to the second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound (“Hopper error. It is configured to be notified by switching to voice)).

In the state shown in FIG. 12(e), the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is satisfied), but the reset button is not operated (the second condition is not satisfied). ), and since the front door 102 changed from the open state to the closed state without resolving the hopper error, the open notification sound (the first notification sound, "the door is open") is changed to the error notification sound ( The second notification sound, "Hopper error. Please call the staff.") is switched to the notification.

According to this example, in the state in which the first notification sound is being output, the door body changes from the open state to the closed state without resolving a certain error. Therefore, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

It should be noted that the ``second notification sound'' according to the present invention may be a ``notification sound related to the occurrence of a certain error, which is at least partially different from the first notification sound''. , For example, alternately repeats the voice "The door is open" and other voices (e.g. error notification "Hopper error", notification prompting closing of the door body "Please close the door", etc.) It may be a notification sound (for example, "Door is open" → "Hopper error" → "Door is open" → "Hopper error" → ... etc.), or a voice saying "Hopper error" In addition to the information sound (for example, ``Hopper error. good too.

Further, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is not limited to a notification sound including a sound that can specify the type of error ("hopper error" in this example). After outputting a possible notification sound (e.g., "Please call a staff member"), a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call a staff member.") ) may be output.

In addition, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is a display that can identify the type of error by including the name of the error, such as "medal error" or "door is open". Alternatively, an error code such as "E4" may be included to identify the type of error.

<Modified example 1 of error notification of hopper error / front door closed → open>
The state shown in FIG. 12(f) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened after the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved and the front door 102 is closed by the amusement arcade clerk or the like.

In the same state, since the front door 102 has changed from the closed state to the open state, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification by the production button 192 (red flashing) and the opening notification sound by the speakers 272 and 277 (" The door is open") and the door open error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red) are resumed.

<Modified example 1 of error notification of hopper error / reset button operation → end the first notification>
The state shown in FIG. 13(g) is a state in which the reset button is operated (the first operation satisfies the second condition) to eliminate a hopper error (certain error).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), the segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and the first notification ( Hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127) is ended.

According to this example, when an operation (reset button operation) is performed by a certain operation means, a certain error (hopper error) is eliminated, and a third Since the notification means (segment a of the main board display 190) performs the third notification (reset button operation notification by the segment a of the main board display 190), it is possible to notify the inside of the housing that a certain error has been resolved. The notification can be made in an easy-to-understand manner on the side, and the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like can be improved.

In the same state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make the opening announcement sound. (voice saying "the door is open") and the door open error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red) are continued.

In addition, the slot machine 100 is related to the timing when the change of the setting value is completed (the timing when a certain operation by the setting key is finished (in this example, the timing when the setting key is turned off from on)). switch to the first display (in this example, the error display shown in FIG. 12(f)) and display the second display (in this example, the demonstration screen shown in FIG. 13(g)). there is

In the state shown in FIG. 13(g), since the setting key has been turned off from on, the error display (first display) shown in FIG. In this example, the display is switched to an error display (second display. In this example, an image including a character string "Hopper error. Please call a staff member."), and a demonstration effect is executed. demo screen).

According to this example, since the display is switched to the first display and the second display is displayed in relation to the timing when the change of the set value is completed, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has been resolved. .

Furthermore, in the same state, since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), an error display (in this example, "Hopper It is an error.

<Modified example 1 of error notification of hopper error / Solve hopper error → Close front door>
The state shown in FIG. 13(h) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved.

In this state, since the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 is closed, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make an opening announcement sound ("Door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number indicator 125 and the payout number indicator 127 light up and While continuing the display of the demonstration screen by the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are lit in the production mode.

<Modified example 1 of hopper error notification / 2nd hopper error → front door open>
The state shown in FIG. 13(i) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by a store clerk or the like in a state where a second hopper error has occurred.

In the slot machine 100, after a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) is resolved, if the error occurs again, the door body (in this example, the front door 102) is opened. Even if there is, it is configured to output a second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound (a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff")).

In the state shown in FIG. 13(i), after a hopper error (certain error) has been resolved, the error has occurred again, so the front door 102 is in an open state, but the hopper error must be resolved. By outputting a prompting hopper error notification sound (second notification sound. In this example, a voice saying "Hopper error. Please call a staff member."), the hopper error is notified by voice.

According to this example, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the elimination of a certain error, depending on the situation of the gaming machine, etc. sound) can be used properly, and convenience can be improved.

The hopper error notification sound that prompts the hopper error to be resolved is not limited to a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error ("hopper error" in this example). After outputting a special notification sound (e.g., "Please call a staff member"), a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call a staff member") may be output.

<Modification 2 of error notification of hopper error>
Next, Modified Example 2 of error notification when a hopper error occurs will be described.

FIGS. 13(a) to 14(i) are diagrams showing modified example 2 of error notification when a hopper error occurs.

The states shown in FIGS. 13(a) and 13(b) are the same as the states described with reference to FIGS. 10(a) and 10(b). ) has occurred, and a hopper error (some error) remains when the power is turned on.

<Modified Example 2 of Error Notification of Hopper Error/Start Second Notification>
The state shown in FIG. 13C is a state in which a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on, and restoration processing such as initial setting has been completed.

The slot machine 100 is configured to initiate at least a first announcement and a second announcement when a hopper error (some error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, an error code ("E4" in this example) is displayed using the payout number indicator 127 (first notification means). By displaying, hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, and by lighting the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 in red , hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, since the front door 102 is in the open state, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 notify the opening (red blinking), and the speakers 272 and 277 open the hopper error notification sound (the second One notification sound.In this example, the output of the sound “The door is open” and the sound “Hopper error. Door open error notification (segment e lights up in red).

Note that the first notification sound according to the present invention may be any notification sound that includes at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state. Sound (e.g. error notification "Hopper error", notification "Please close the door" prompting the closing of the door, etc.) is repeated alternately (e.g. "Door is open" → "Hopper error "→"The door is open"→"Hopper error"→... etc.), or in addition to the voice "The door is open", other voices (for example, "Close the door The notification sound (for example, "The door is open. Please close the door") may be used.

Further, in this example, when the power is cut off while a certain error is occurring and the door is open when the power is turned on (first case), the first notification sound is output. However, if the door is in an open state when the power is turned on, regardless of the presence or absence of a certain error, the output of the first notification sound may always be started. .

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not a certain error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error/resolved connection abnormality → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 14D is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

After the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190), the slot machine 100 When one condition is satisfied (in this example, when the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the first notification It is configured to end the second notification (hopper error notification by the main board indicator 190).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued, while the second notification The notification (the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) ends.

According to this example, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated. Since the second notification is ended, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk and the like.

In the same state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 open the hopper error. Notification sound (first notification sound. In this example, a voice that alternately repeats "The door is open" and "Hopper error. Please call the staff") output and the main board The display 190 continues to notify the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error/Resolving connection error → Closure of front door>
The state shown in FIG. 14(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved.

When the slot machine 100 is powered off with a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurring and the door (front door 102 in this example) is open when the power is turned on In the (first case), the first notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open" and the sound "Hopper error. Please call the staff" are alternately repeated) The first notification sound to the second notification sound (error notification sound ("Hopper error. Please call the staff"))).

In the state shown in FIG. 14(e), the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is satisfied), but the reset button is not operated (the second condition is not satisfied). ), and since the front door 102 changed from the open state to the closed state without resolving the hopper error, the first notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open" and the sound "Hopper error. Please call an attendant." Alternately repeating voice) to a second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound ("Hopper error. Please call an attendant.")). running

According to this example, in the state in which the first notification sound is being output, the door body changes from the open state to the closed state without resolving a certain error. Therefore, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error / front door closed → open>
The state shown in FIG. 14(f) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened after the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved and the front door 102 is closed by the amusement arcade clerk or the like.

In the same state, since the front door 102 has changed from the closed state to the open state, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification (red flashing) by the production button 192, and the open hopper error notification sound by the speakers 272 and 277 (The first notification sound. In this example, the sound "The door is open" and the sound "Hopper error. Please call the staff" are alternately repeated) output and the main board display The door open error notification by 190 (lighting of segment e in red) is resumed.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error / reset button operation → end the first notification>
The state shown in FIG. 14(g) is a state in which the reset button is operated (the first operation satisfies the second condition) to eliminate a hopper error (certain error).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), the segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and the first notification ( Hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127) is ended.

According to this example, when an operation (reset button operation) is performed by a certain operation means, a certain error (hopper error) is eliminated, and a third Since the notification means (segment a of the main board display 190) performs the third notification (reset button operation notification by the segment a of the main board display 190), it is possible to notify the inside of the housing that a certain error has been resolved. The notification can be made in an easy-to-understand manner on the side, and the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like can be improved.

In addition, the slot machine 100 alternately alternates a first notification sound (in this example, an open hopper error notification sound ("The door is open") and a sound "Hopper error. Please call an attendant". )), and after a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) is resolved, if the error occurs again (second case), the error is resolved at the timing when the operation means (in this example, the reset button) is operated), the first notification sound to the third notification sound (in this example, the opening notification sound (“the door is open”) It is configured to output by switching to voice)).

According to this example, when a certain error occurs again after a certain error is resolved, the first notification sound is switched to the third notification sound at the timing when the certain error is resolved. Therefore, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error that has occurred again has been resolved.

In the same state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 opens the door. Continue error notification (lighting of segment e in red).

Furthermore, in the same state, since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), an error display (in this example, "Hopper It is an error.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error / Solve hopper error → Close front door>
The state shown in FIG. 14(h) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved.

In this state, since the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 is closed, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make an opening announcement sound ("Door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number indicator 125 and the payout number indicator 127 light up and While continuing the display of the demonstration screen by the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are lit in the production mode.

<Modified Example 2 of Hopper Error Notification / Second Hopper Error → Open Front Door>
The state shown in FIG. 14(i) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by a store clerk or the like in a state where the second hopper error has occurred.

In the slot machine 100, after a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) is resolved, if the error occurs again, the door body (in this example, the front door 102) is opened. Even if there is, it is configured to output a second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound (a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff")).

In the state shown in FIG. 14(i), after a hopper error (certain error) has been resolved, the error has occurred again, so the front door 102 is in an open state, but the hopper error must be resolved. By outputting a prompting hopper error notification sound (second notification sound. In this example, a voice saying "Hopper error. Please call a staff member."), the hopper error is notified by voice.

According to this example, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the elimination of a certain error, depending on the situation of the gaming machine, etc. sound) can be used properly, and convenience can be improved.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes an openable and closable door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) and notification means ( For example, liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, storage number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135 etc.), wherein the notifying means is means capable of notifying at least some error (e.g., hopper error), and the notifying means includes sound output means (e.g., speaker 272, 277), wherein the sound output means is means capable of outputting a first notification sound, the sound output means is means capable of outputting a second notification sound, and the first notification The sound and the second notification sound are at least partially different notification sounds, and the first notification sound is a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state (for example, "The door is open The second notification sound is a notification sound related to the certain error (for example, a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant"), and the The sound output means is means for outputting the first notification sound and sometimes outputting the second notification sound in the state where the certain error occurs, and the sound output means , when the door body is in an open state (for example, the open state shown in FIG. ), the first notification sound is output, and if the error occurs again after the error is resolved, the door is placed in the open state. (For example, the open state shown in FIG. 13(i)) is means for outputting the second notification sound, and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound in the first case. Without resolving the certain error in the output state (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error was resolved, but the reset button was not operated), the door body changed from the open state to the closed state (for example, It is a means for switching from the first notification sound to the second notification sound in relation to the change to the closed state shown in FIG. It is a game table characterized by

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, a notification sound (first notification sound) including at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state and a certain error The notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the cancellation can be used properly, and the convenience can be improved. In addition, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be preferentially output, and it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state. In addition, the change from the first notification sound to the second notification sound in relation to the change of the door body from the open state to the closed state without resolving a certain error while the first notification sound is being output. Since the output is switched, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

The sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error when the door is in an open state when the power is turned on. There may be.

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not a certain error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

Further, "notify by switching from the first notification sound to the second notification sound" means that after switching the first notification sound to a certain notification sound, the certain notification sound is changed to the second notification sound. For example, after switching the notification sound that indicates that the setting value is being changed to the setting change completion notification sound that indicates that the setting value has been changed, The setting change completion notification sound may be switched to a notification sound related to the occurrence of a certain error.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes an openable and closable door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, storage number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and an operation means (for example, a reset button), wherein the notification means is means capable of executing notification regarding at least a certain error, and the notification means includes sound output means (for example, a speaker 272, 277), wherein the sound output means is means capable of outputting a first notification sound, the sound output means is means capable of outputting a second notification sound, and the sound output means is , means capable of outputting a third notification sound (for example, a voice saying "the door is open"), wherein the first notification sound and the second notification sound are at least partially different notification sounds. The first notification sound is a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state (for example, a sound saying "The door is open" and a sound saying "There is a hopper error. Please call an attendant."). an informational sound including at least an alternately repeating sound), the second informational sound is an informational sound related to the certain error (for example, a sound "Hopper error. Please call an attendant"), The sound output means is means for outputting the first notification sound and outputting the second notification sound in a state where the certain error occurs, and the sound output means is the case where the door body is in an open state (for example, the open state shown in FIG. 13(c)) when the power is turned on after the power has been cut off in a state where an error has occurred (hereinafter referred to as " In the first case"), the first notification sound is output, and the error occurs again after the error is resolved (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"). ), means for outputting (or possibly outputting) the second notification sound even when the door body is in the open state (for example, the open state shown in FIG. 14(i)). wherein the sound output means is means for switching and outputting the first notification sound to the third notification sound in relation to the elimination of the certain error in the second case; A game machine characterized in that a certain error is eliminated by operating the operating means.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, a notification sound (first notification sound) including at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state and a certain error The notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the cancellation can be used properly, and the convenience can be improved. In addition, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be preferentially output, and it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state. In addition, in order to switch and output the first notification sound to the third notification sound at the timing when the error is resolved when the error occurs again after the error is resolved. , it is possible to reliably notify that an error that has occurred again has been resolved.

Further, in the first case, the sound output means detects that the door has changed from the open state to the closed state without resolving the certain error while the first notification sound is being output. may be means for switching from the first notification sound to the second notification sound (for example, a voice saying "There is a hopper error. Please call a member of staff.") for output.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

The sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error when the door is in an open state when the power is turned on. There may be.

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not a certain error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

Further, the first notification sound and the third notification sound may be the same notification sound, or the first notification sound and the third notification sound may be different notification sounds (or at least one and the third notification sound may be a notification sound including at least a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state.

Further, "to switch from the first notification sound to the third notification sound and output" means that after switching the first notification sound to a certain notification sound, the certain notification sound is changed to the third notification sound. For example, after switching the notification sound that indicates that the setting value is being changed to the setting change completion notification sound that indicates that the setting value has been changed, The setting change completion notification sound may be switched to a third notification sound.

<Error notification of hopper error/Resolution by door reset>
Next, the elimination of the hopper error by door reset will be described.

FIGS. 15(a) to 15(f) are diagrams chronologically showing an example of a hopper error that is resolved by door reset. The states shown in FIGS. 15(a) to 15(d) are the same as the states described with reference to FIGS. 10(b) to 10(e). e) Describe subsequent figures.

The state shown in FIG. 15(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed in order to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) by door reset.

In the same state, since the hopper error (certain error) continues with the front door 102 closed, the output of the open notification sound ("the door is open") by the speakers 272 and 277 is stopped. On the other hand, by outputting a hopper error notification sound (in this example, ``Hopper error. Is going.

The state shown in FIG. 15(f) is a state in which the door has been reset (the second condition has been satisfied by the second operation).

Here, the door reset is an operation of inserting a key for unlocking the front door 102 into the door key hole 140 described with reference to FIG. 1 and rotating it in a predetermined direction. Then, in addition to the above reset button operation (first operation), it is also possible to eliminate the hopper error by door reset (second operation).

In this state, since the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved by the door reset, the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) ends.

According to this example, the second operation (door reset) that can be executed with the door body (front door 102) closed is executed. Since the first notification by the one notification means (the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is completed, the fact that a certain error has been resolved can be confirmed even when the door is closed. The notification can be made in an easy-to-understand manner on the side, and the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like can be improved.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has the first notification means (for example, the number of payouts shown in FIGS. 10D and 10E). display 127) and a second notification means (for example, the segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 10(d)), wherein the first notification means is or In at least a part of the period during which an error (e.g., hopper error) occurs (or the entire period during which a certain error occurs), the first notification (e.g., payout number indicator 127), and the second reporting means is capable of starting at least a part of the period during which the certain error occurs (or period of time), a means capable of initiating a second annunciation (e.g., a hopper error annunciation by segment f of the main board indicator 190), said certain error being the first condition met An error that is resolved when a second condition is met (e.g., the reset button is operated, or the door is reset) after (e.g., connection failure of hopper error is resolved). there, when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is satisfied after that, the first notification is continued; The gaming machine is characterized by ending the second notification.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number indicator 127 shown in FIGS. 10(d) and 10(e)). and a second notification means (for example, the segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 10(d)), wherein the first notification means detects an error (for example, , hopper error) during at least a part of the period (or the entire period during which a certain error occurs), the first notification (for example, the hopper error by the payout number indicator 127 The second notification means is capable of starting at least a part of the period during which the certain error occurs (or all of the period during which the certain error occurs). period), a means capable of initiating a second annunciation (e.g., hopper error annunciation by segment f of main board indicator 190), said certain error being the first condition met (e.g., hopper The error is resolved when the second condition is satisfied (for example, the reset button is operated or the door is reset) after the connection abnormality of the error is resolved; When an error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is satisfied after that, the first notification is continued, while the second notification The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification is terminated, and the certain error is an error relating to the awarding of game value (for example, payout of game media, awarding of points enabling game execution).

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is notified that the certain error has not been completely eliminated. In addition, since the second notification is ended, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk, etc. .

In addition, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and (e)). and a second notification means (for example, the segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(d)), wherein the first notification means detects an error (for example, , hopper error) is occurring in at least a part of the period (or the entire period in which a certain error is occurring), the first indicating that the certain error is occurring It is a means capable of starting notification (for example, hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), and the second notification means is at least a part of the period during which the certain error occurs (or the During the entire period during which a certain error occurs), a second notification (for example, a hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) indicating that the certain error has occurred is started. It is a possible means, and the certain error is generated after the cause of the certain error has been resolved (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved) and then a certain operation is performed (for example, the reset button is operated). or the door is reset), and when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued and the second notification is terminated.

In addition, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and (e)). and a second notification means (for example, the segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(d)), wherein the first notification means detects an error (for example, , hopper error) is occurring in at least a part of the period (or the entire period in which a certain error is occurring), the first indicating that the certain error is occurring It is a means capable of starting notification (for example, hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), and the second notification means is at least a part of the period during which the certain error occurs (or the During the entire period during which a certain error occurs), a second notification (for example, a hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) indicating that the certain error has occurred is started. It is a possible means, and the certain error is generated after the cause of the certain error has been resolved (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved) and then a certain operation is performed (for example, the reset button is operated). or the door is reset), and when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued and the second notification is terminated, and the certain error is an error relating to the payout of game media. It is a game machine characterized by:

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, even if the cause of a certain error is resolved, if a certain operation capable of resolving the error is not performed, the error is resolved. While continuing the first notification indicating that an error has occurred, in order to terminate the second notification indicating that the certain error has occurred, the termination of the second notification causes the error to be terminated. It is possible to notify that the cause has been eliminated and the state has changed in relation to an error, and that by continuing the first notification, some operation that can resolve the error has been performed. However, it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved, thereby improving the work efficiency and convenience of game store clerks and the like.

In addition, a third notification means (for example, segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button) are provided, and the second notification means and The third notification means is arranged on the same board inside the housing of the gaming machine, and the certain operation is operation of the certain operation means (for example, operation of a reset button). , the third notification means, when the certain operation is performed (hereinafter referred to as "first case"), a third notification indicating that the certain operation is being performed It is a means capable of starting notification (for example, reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190), and in the first case, the certain error is resolved and the first notification ends. There may be.

Further, display means is provided, and the display means starts error display when the certain error occurs, and displays the error display until the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may be a means to

Further, sound output means is provided, and when the error occurs, the sound output means starts a sound notification regarding the error, and when the cause of the error is eliminated, the operation is performed. It may also be a means for continuing the voice notification until it is finished.

Further, a third notification means (for example, the segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 10(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button) are provided, and the second notification means and The third notification means is arranged inside the housing of the game machine, and the second condition is at least an operation by the certain operation means (hereinafter referred to as "first operation". For example, reset button operation) is performed, and the third notification means provides third notification (for example, by segment a of the main board display 190 when the first operation is performed It may be means capable of starting reset button operation notification).

With such a configuration, it is possible to notify the fact that a certain error has been resolved in an easy-to-understand manner inside the housing, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like. Moreover, said 3rd information may be performed in the state in which said 2nd information is not performed.

In addition, a door body that can be opened and closed (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) is provided, the first notification means is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and the second condition is the first The condition is also satisfied by performing a second operation (for example, door reset) different from the operation, the second operation is an operation that can be performed with the door closed, and the first The first notification may end in relation to the execution of the second operation.

With such a configuration, it is possible to clearly notify the fact that a certain error has been resolved on the front side of the amusement arcade even when the door is closed, thereby enabling the work of the amusement arcade clerk or the like. Efficiency and convenience can be improved.

Further, display means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157 shown in FIG. 1) is provided, and the display means starts error display when the certain error occurs, and the first condition and the second condition are satisfied. is satisfied (for example, until the reset button is operated).

With such a configuration, it is possible to clearly notify by the display means that a certain error has been resolved, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like.

Further, sound output means (for example, the speakers 272 and 277 shown in FIG. 2) is provided, and the sound output means, when the error occurs, starts an audio notification regarding the error, and It may be means for continuing the voice notification until the condition and the second condition are satisfied (for example, until the reset button is operated).

With such a configuration, the clearing of a certain error can be notified in an easy-to-understand manner by the sound output means, and the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like can be improved.

Further, in order to satisfy the first condition and the second condition, an operation that can be executed with the door opened (for example, an operation means (setting key, setting switch) installed inside the main body 101) is necessary. , reset button, etc.) may be required. Further, the first notification means, the second notification means, or the third notification means may be display means such as a liquid crystal display device, or the first notification means or the The second notification means may be arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, or may be arranged inside the housing of the gaming machine.

In addition, the first condition or the second condition is a condition that is satisfied when an operation is performed by a certain operation means, a condition that is satisfied when a certain game state is entered, or a reset operation is performed. It may be a condition that is satisfied when the power is turned off, or a condition that is satisfied when the power is turned off or restored. Also, the reset button may also be used as a setting switch (a switch for changing settings). Also, the first notification or the second notification is not limited to the case where an error occurs when the power is turned on, but may be the case where an error occurs during the normal game state. Further, the certain error may be an error related to energization (hopper error), an error related to medals (medal insertion errors 1 to 4, medal payout errors 1 to 3, overflow error), or the like.

<Hopper error notification/setting change mode>
Next, error notification of a hopper error when shifting to the setting change mode will be described.

FIGS. 16(a) to 17(e) are diagrams showing an example of error notification of a hopper error in a time series when shifting to the setting change mode.

<Power on with hopper error notification/setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 16A is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) occurs before power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

The state shown in FIG. 16B is a state in which a store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 and the power is turned on while the setting key is turned on from off.

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open").

<Transition to error notification/setting change mode for hopper error>
The state shown in FIG. 16(c) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred and the setting change mode has been entered.

When the power of the slot machine 100 is turned on in a state in which a certain operation (turning from off to on) has been performed by the setting key (or before a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on (when the control unit presses the setting key If the setting key is turned on from off before checking the on/off state of the ), the setting value shifts to a changeable state (setting change mode) and an error (in this example, the hopper error) has occurred, the state in which the setting value can be changed is maintained, and after the state in which the setting value can be changed ends, the first notification (in this example, the payout number display 127 Hopper error notification by ) and second notification (in this example, hopper error notification by segment f of main board display 190) are configured to start.

In the same state, a hopper error (some error) continues, but in this example, even if a hopper error (some error) state) is maintained (setting change takes precedence over notification of a certain error), a setting change indication indicating that the setting value can be changed (in this example, "setting change in progress"). ) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in the first display mode (in this example, a display mode in which the character string "Setting changing" is placed in the center of the yellow background image). to display.

According to this example, the setting change is prioritized over the notification of a certain error, so the setting change can be reliably completed, and the setting change can be prevented from being forgotten. In addition, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably handle the error after the setting change is completed.

In addition, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated, and the second Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like.

In addition, in the slot machine 100, when the setting value is changeable and the door is open (first case), a notification sound is output to indicate that the setting value is changeable. Instead, it starts outputting a notification sound indicating that the door is open.

The state shown in FIG. 16(c) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, " The speaker 272, 277 outputs an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open") indicating that the door is open without starting to output the sound "The setting is being changed"). Output from

According to this example, when the door is opened while the setting is being changed, the notification sound indicating that the door is open is output while the notification sound indicating that the setting is being changed is not output. A store clerk or the like in a game store can surely know that the door is open.

In addition, when the door is opened while the settings are being changed, a notification sound indicating that the settings are being changed is not output, but a display indicating that the settings are being changed is displayed. can be grasped.

<Hopper error notification/setting change mode (door open → door closed)>
The state shown in FIG. 16(d) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the open state to the closed state while the setting key remains on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In the same state, a hopper error (some error) continues, but in this example, even if a hopper error (some error) state) is maintained (setting change takes precedence over notification of a certain error), a setting change indication indicating that the setting value can be changed (in this example, "setting change in progress"). display of a character string) is changed to a second display mode (in this example, a setting screen that allows the operation check to be started ( It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in the display mode) including the operation check setting screen).

In addition, in the same state, the front door 102 is closed in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting change in progress") indicates that the setting value can be changed !”) is output from the speakers 272 and 277 .

As described with reference to FIGS. 16(c) and 16(d), according to this example, in the door open state during setting change, the notification sound during setting change is not output, while the door closing sound during setting change is not output. To provide a game machine with a characteristic informing means by which a notification sound is output during setting change in the state, so that the state of door opening and door closing can be interlocked with the presence or absence of notification sound during setting change. can do. In addition, in the door open state, a notification sound indicates that the door is open while the settings are being changed (there is a possibility that the settings are being changed or that fraudulent acts are being carried out). A store clerk or the like can be reliably notified, and in the door closed state, a store clerk or the like can be reliably notified by the notification sound that the setting change has not been completed.

In addition, in the setting change mode of this example, a setting screen (operation check setting screen) for starting the operation check is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157 . A store clerk or the like can arbitrarily select any one of the speaker check, accessory check, and effect button check on the setting screen by operating the cross key 193 (operation means). Needless to say, items that can be selected in the setting change mode are not limited to this example.

<Error notification of hopper error / Setting change mode (door closed → door open)>
The state shown in FIG. 16(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key remains on after shifting to the setting change mode.

This state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting is being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. Without starting the output of the door, the opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open") indicating that the door is open is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper part The lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are flashed in red to notify that the front door 102 is open (open notification).

Note that the effect button 192 is a means that functions as an operation means in various settings and the like, and is a means that functions as a notification means that can be notified. operation as is disabled.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, the display including the setting changing display (in this example, the display of the character string "setting changing") is displayed in the second mode. It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "setting change in progress" is arranged in the center of a yellow background image).

<Error notification of hopper error/setting change mode (door open)/setting change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 16(f) is a state in which setting values are being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 17(a) is a state in which setting values have been finalized and setting changes have been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 16(f), while the set values are displayed on the payout number display 127, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are detected each time the operation means (setting switch) is pressed once. is added and updated by 1 to change the setting value from setting 1 to setting 6, and when a pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6 do.

In the state shown in FIG. 17(a), since the setting value has been confirmed and the setting change has been completed, the setting changing display is ended, and the setting change indicating that the setting value has been confirmed and the setting change has been completed. A completion display (in this example, a screen in which a character string “setting change completed” is arranged in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

<Error notification of hopper error/setting change mode (door open)/end of setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 17B is a state in which a certain operation with the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after an operation to turn the setting key from ON to OFF is performed) and the setting change mode is terminated.

In the same state, the hopper error (certain error) continues, and the setting change mode (the state in which the setting value can be changed) ends, so the first notification (in this example, the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190).

The states shown in FIGS. 17(b) to 17(d) are the same as the states described with reference to FIGS. 10(d) to 11(a). In the state shown in 17(b), since the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues, an error code (this example Then, by displaying "E4"), a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is performed, and the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red to perform hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 17(c), since the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is issued. While continuing, the second notification (hopper error notification by segment f of main board display 190) ends.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 17(d), since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), the segment a (the third By lighting the notification means) in red, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and a hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button. Therefore, the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is terminated.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 17(e), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speaker 272, 277 outputs an open notification sound (a voice saying "the door is open") and the main board display 190 outputs a door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number display 125, The payout number indicator 127 continues to light and the liquid crystal display device 157 continues to display the normal screen, and the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 light up in the effect mode to indicate that the normal game can be started. Notify.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has the first notification means (for example, the number of payouts shown in FIGS. 10D and 10E). indicator 127), second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board indicator 190 shown in FIG. 10(d)), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein when the power is turned on in a state in which a certain operation is performed with a setting key, the setting value is changed to a changeable state, and the first notification means is: In at least a part of the period during which a certain error (for example, hopper error) occurs (or the entire period during which a certain error occurs), the first notification (for example, display of the number of payouts Hopper error notification by device 127), and the second notification means is means for at least a part of the period during which the certain error occurs (or when the certain error occurs is a means capable of initiating a second notification (e.g., a hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190), and the certain error indicates that the first condition is satisfied (e.g. hopper error connection failure is cleared) and then a second condition is met (e.g. reset button is operated or door reset is performed) and when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is satisfied after that, the first notification is continued. , when the second notification is terminated, the power is turned off in the state where the certain error occurs, and the power is turned on in the state where the certain operation is performed by the setting key, the set value to a changeable state, and after changing the set value, the first notification and the second notification are started.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, the setting change is prioritized over the notification of a certain error, so the setting change can be surely completed, and the setting change can be prevented from being forgotten. In addition, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably handle the error after the setting change is completed.

In addition, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated, and the second Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like.

In addition, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and (e)). , second notification means (for example, segment f of main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(d)), and setting means capable of setting one setting value among a plurality of setting values. When the gaming machine is turned on while an operation with a setting key (hereinafter referred to as "setting operation") is being performed, the setting value is changed to a changeable state, and the first setting key is turned on. The notification means is that in at least a part of the period during which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) occurs (or the entire period during which a certain error occurs), the error is It is a means capable of starting a first notification indicating that it has occurred (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127), and the second notification means is a period during which the certain error is occurring A second notification (for example, the main board indicator 190 Hopper error notification by segment f), and the certain error is a means that can be started after the cause of the certain error is eliminated (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error is eliminated). is performed (for example, the reset button is operated), and when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the or When the cause of the error is eliminated and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued, the second notification is terminated, and the error is occurring. When power is turned on in a state in which the setting operation has been performed, the setting value is changed to a state in which the setting value is changed, and at least the second notification is started after the setting value is changed. It is a game machine characterized by

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, the setting change is prioritized over the notification of a certain error, so the setting change can be surely completed, and the setting change can be prevented from being forgotten. In addition, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably handle the error after the setting change is completed.

Also, even if the cause of a certain error has been eliminated, if a certain operation capable of resolving the error has not been performed, the first While continuing the notification of the error, the second notification indicating that the certain error has occurred is terminated. It is possible to notify that the related state has changed, and by continuing the first notification, a certain operation that can be resolved by a certain error has not been performed, and a certain error has been completely resolved. It is possible to notify that the game has not been completed, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like.

In addition, a third notification means (for example, segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button) are provided, and the second notification means and The third notification means is arranged on the same board inside the housing of the gaming machine, and the certain operation is operation of the certain operation means (for example, operation of a reset button). , the third notification means, when the certain operation is performed (hereinafter referred to as "first case"), a third notification indicating that the certain operation is being performed It is a means capable of starting notification (for example, reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190), and in the first case, the certain error is resolved and the first notification ends. There may be.

Further, display means is provided, and the display means starts error display when the certain error occurs, and displays the error display until the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may be a means to

Further, sound output means is provided, and when the error occurs, the sound output means starts a sound notification regarding the error, and when the cause of the error is eliminated, the operation is performed. It may also be a means for continuing the voice notification until it is finished.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/setting change mode>
Next, error notification of a hopper error when shifting to the setting change mode will be described.

FIGS. 18(a) to 19(e) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, a modified example of error notification of a hopper error when shifting to the setting change mode.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error / power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 18A is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) occurs before power is turned on, and the hopper error (certain error) remains after power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

The state shown in FIG. 18B is a state in which a store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 and the power is turned on while the setting key is turned on from off.

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. Then, from the speakers 272 and 277, the opening notification sound (first notification sound. In this example, the sound "the door is open") is repeatedly output.

Note that the first notification sound according to the present invention may be any notification sound that includes at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state. Sound (e.g. error notification "Hopper error", notification "Please close the door" prompting the closing of the door, etc.) is repeated alternately (e.g. "Door is open" → "Hopper error "→"The door is open"→"Hopper error"→... etc.), or in addition to the voice "The door is open", other voices (for example, "Close the door The notification sound (for example, "The door is open. Please close the door") may be used.

Further, in this example, when the power is cut off while a certain error is occurring and the door is open when the power is turned on (first case), the first notification sound is output. However, if the door is in an open state when the power is turned on, regardless of the presence or absence of a certain error, the output of the first notification sound may always be started. .

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not a certain error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error / shift to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 18(c) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred and the setting change mode has been entered.

When the power of the slot machine 100 is turned on in a state in which a certain operation (turning from off to on) has been performed by the setting key (or before a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on (when the control unit presses the setting key If the setting key is turned on from off before checking the on/off state of the ), the setting value shifts to a changeable state (setting change mode) and an error (in this example, the hopper error) has occurred, the state in which the setting value can be changed is maintained, and after the state in which the setting value can be changed ends, the first notification (in this example, the payout number display 127 Hopper error notification by ) and second notification (in this example, hopper error notification by segment f of main board display 190) are configured to start.

In the same state, a hopper error (some error) continues, but in this example, even if a hopper error (some error) state) is maintained (setting change takes precedence over notification of a certain error), a setting change indication indicating that the setting value can be changed (in this example, "setting change in progress"). ) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in the first display mode (in this example, a display mode in which the character string "Setting changing" is placed in the center of the yellow background image). to display.

According to this example, the setting change is prioritized over the notification of a certain error, so the setting change can be reliably completed, and the setting change can be prevented from being forgotten. In addition, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably handle the error after the setting change is completed.

In addition, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated, and the second Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like.

In addition, in the slot machine 100, when the setting value is changeable and the door is open (first case), a notification sound is output to indicate that the setting value is changeable. Instead, it starts outputting a notification sound indicating that the door is open.

The state shown in FIG. 18(c) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, " The opening notification sound (the first notification sound. In this example, the door is open. ) are output from the speakers 272 and 277 .

According to this example, when the door is opened while the setting is being changed, the notification sound indicating that the door is open is output while the notification sound indicating that the setting is being changed is not output. A store clerk or the like in a game store can surely know that the door is open.

In addition, when the door is opened while the settings are being changed, a notification sound indicating that the settings are being changed is not output, but a display indicating that the settings are being changed is displayed. can be grasped.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error / Setting change mode (door open → door closed)>
The state shown in FIG. 18(d) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the open state to the closed state while the setting key remains on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In the same state, a hopper error (some error) continues, but in this example, even if a hopper error (some error) state) is maintained (setting change takes precedence over notification of a certain error), a setting change indication indicating that the setting value can be changed (in this example, "setting change in progress"). display of a character string) is changed to a second display mode (in this example, a setting screen that allows the operation check to be started ( It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in the display mode) including the operation check setting screen).

In addition, in the same state, the front door 102 is closed in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting change in progress") indicates that the setting value can be changed !”) is output from the speakers 272 and 277 .

As described with reference to FIGS. 18(c) and (d), according to this example, in the door open state during setting change, the notification sound during setting change is not output, while the door closing sound during setting change is not output. To provide a game machine with a characteristic informing means by which a notification sound is output during setting change in the state, so that the state of door opening and door closing can be interlocked with the presence or absence of notification sound during setting change. can do. In addition, in the door open state, a notification sound indicates that the door is open while the settings are being changed (there is a possibility that the settings are being changed or that fraudulent acts are being carried out). A store clerk or the like can be reliably notified, and in the door closed state, a store clerk or the like can be reliably notified by the notification sound that the setting change has not been completed.

In addition, in the setting change mode of this example, a setting screen (operation check setting screen) for starting the operation check is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157 . A store clerk or the like can arbitrarily select any one of the speaker check, accessory check, and effect button check on the setting screen by operating the cross key 193 (operation means). Needless to say, items that can be selected in the setting change mode are not limited to this example.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error / Setting change mode (door closed → door open)>
The state shown in FIG. 18(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key is kept ON after shifting to the setting change mode.

This state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting is being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. The speaker 272, 277 outputs an opening notification sound (first notification sound. In this example, the sound "the door is open") indicating that the door is in an open state without starting output of the door. At the same time, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red to notify that the front door 102 is open (open notification).

Note that the effect button 192 is a means that functions as an operation means in various settings and the like, and is a means that functions as a notification means that can be notified. operation as is disabled.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, the display including the setting changing display (in this example, the display of the character string "setting changing") is displayed in the second mode. It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "setting change in progress" is arranged in the center of a yellow background image).

<Modified Example of Error Notification of Hopper Error/Setting Change Mode/Setting Change Operation>
The state shown in FIG. 18(f) is a state in which setting values are being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 19(a) is a state in which setting values have been finalized and setting changes have been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 18(f), while the set values are displayed on the payout number display 127, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are detected each time the operation means (setting switch) is pressed once. is added and updated by 1 to change the setting value from setting 1 to setting 6, and when a pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6 do.

In the state shown in FIG. 19(a), since the setting value is confirmed and the setting change is completed, the display during setting change is ended, and the setting change indicating that the setting value is confirmed and the setting change is completed. A completion display (first display; in this example, a screen in which a character string “setting change completed” is arranged in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

Further, when the change of the setting value is completed (first case), the slot machine 100 emits a second notification sound (in this example, "the door is Open" and "Hopper error. Please call the staff." is configured as

According to this example, when the change of the setting value is completed, the completion of the change of the setting value is not notified, and the second notification sound is output as notification of a certain error. It is possible to reliably notify that the problem has not been resolved.

It should be noted that the ``second notification sound'' according to the present invention may be a ``notification sound related to the occurrence of a certain error, which is at least partially different from the first notification sound''. , For example, alternately repeats the voice "The door is open" and other voices (e.g. error notification "Hopper error", notification prompting closing of the door body "Please close the door", etc.) It may be a notification sound (for example, "Door is open" → "Hopper error" → "Door is open" → "Hopper error" → ... etc.), or a voice saying "Hopper error" In addition to the information sound (for example, ``Hopper error. good too.

Further, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is not limited to a notification sound including a sound that can specify the type of error ("hopper error" in this example). After outputting a possible notification sound (e.g., "Please call a staff member"), a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call a staff member.") ) may be output.

In addition, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is a display that can identify the type of error by including the name of the error, such as "medal error" or "door is open". Alternatively, an error code such as "E4" may be included to identify the type of error.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/setting change mode/end of setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 19B is a state in which a certain operation with the setting key has ended (the setting key has been turned off from on), and the setting change mode has ended.

The states shown in FIGS. 19(b) to 19(d) are the same as the states described with reference to FIGS. 10(d) to 11(a). In the state shown in 19(b), since the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues, an error code (this example Then, by displaying "E4"), a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is performed, and the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red to perform hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, the slot machine 100 may generate a certain error at the timing when the change of the setting value is completed and a certain operation by the setting key is finished (in this example, the timing when the setting key is turned off from on). A second notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open" and the sound "Hopper error. Please call the staff" are alternately repeated) to output. It is

In the state shown in FIG. 19(b), the setting value has been changed, and the setting key has been turned off. Therefore, a second notification sound (in this example, A voice saying "The door is open" and a voice saying "There is a hopper error. Please call the staff") are output.

According to this example, when the change of the setting value is completed, the completion of the change of the setting value is not notified. Since two notification sounds are output, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved at the timing when a certain operation by the setting key is completed.

Note that the "timing at which a certain operation with the setting key is completed" according to the present invention is not limited to the timing at which the setting key is turned off from on. It may be the timing when the setting key is removed from the keyhole later, or the timing when the control means detects that the setting key is turned off from on.

In addition, the slot machine 100 is related to the timing when the change of the setting value is completed (the timing when a certain operation by the setting key is finished (in this example, the timing when the setting key is turned off from on)). is switched to the first display (setting change completion display shown in FIG. 19(a)) and the second display (error display shown in FIG. 19(b)) is displayed.

In the state shown in FIG. 19(b), since the setting key has been turned from on to off, the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 displays the setting change completion display (first key) shown in FIG. Display.In this example, switch to an image containing the character string "Setting change completed") and display the error shown in Fig. 19(b) (second display.In this example, "Hopper error. Please call a staff member." ." string) is displayed.

According to this example, the first display is switched to display the second display in relation to the timing when the change of the set value is completed, so that the completion of the change of the set value can be reliably notified. .

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 19(c), since the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is issued. While continuing, the second notification (hopper error notification by segment f of main board display 190) ends.

In the same state, since the front door 102 remains open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 open the hopper error. Notification sound (first notification sound. In this example, a voice that alternately repeats "The door is open" and "Hopper error. Please call the staff") output and the main board The display 190 continues to notify the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 19(d), since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), the segment a (the third By lighting the notification means) in red, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and a hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button. Therefore, the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is terminated.

In addition, the slot machine 100 alternately alternates a first notification sound (in this example, an open hopper error notification sound ("The door is open") and a sound "Hopper error. Please call an attendant". )), and at the timing when a certain error (hopper error in this example) is resolved (timing when the operation means (reset button in this example) is operated), from the first notification sound It is configured to switch to and output a third notification sound (in this example, an open notification sound (a voice saying "the door is open")).

According to this example, since the first notification sound is switched to the third notification sound at the timing when a certain error is resolved, it is possible to reliably notify that the error that has occurred again has been resolved. can be done.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 19(e), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speaker 272, 277 outputs an open notification sound (a voice saying "the door is open") and the main board display 190 outputs a door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number display 125, The payout number indicator 127 continues to light and the liquid crystal display device 157 continues to display the normal screen, and the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 light up in the effect mode to indicate that the normal game can be started. Notify.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes an openable and closable door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) and notification means ( For example, liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, storage number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135 etc.), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values, wherein the notifying means is means capable of notifying at least a certain error. , the notification means includes sound output means (for example, speakers 272 and 277), the sound output means is means capable of outputting a first notification sound, and the sound output means outputs a second notification sound wherein the first notification sound and the second notification sound are at least partially different notification sounds, and the first notification sound indicates that the door is in an open state. is a notification sound that includes at least a notification sound (for example, a voice saying ``the door is open''), and the second notification sound is a notification sound related to the certain error (for example, ``hopper error. Please call the staff"), and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound and the second notification sound in the state where the certain error occurs. When the power is turned on while a certain operation is being performed using the setting key, the setting value can be changed, and the certain error occurs. When the power is turned on in a state where the power is cut off and the certain operation is performed, the certain error is not resolved, and the door is in the open state, the change of the set value is not performed. Executed, the sound output means outputs the first notification sound, and the sound output means outputs the second notification sound when the change of the set value is completed (hereinafter referred to as "first case"). and the sound output means is means for not executing notification that the change of the set value is completed in the first case.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, a notification sound (first notification sound) including at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state and a certain error The notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the cancellation can be used properly, and the convenience can be improved. Also, if the power is turned on after a certain operation has been performed, a certain error has not been resolved, and the door is in an open state, the setting value must be changed rather than the error. Since it has priority, it is possible to execute the change of the setting value with priority over the error. Since the second notification sound is output as an error notification, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

The sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error when the door is in an open state when the power is turned on. There may be.

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not a certain error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes an openable and closable door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, storage number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values, wherein the notifying means is means capable of notifying at least a certain error, and the notifying means includes sound output means (for example, speakers 272 and 277), the sound output means is means capable of outputting a first notification sound, and the sound output means is capable of outputting a second notification sound wherein the first notification sound and the second notification sound are notification sounds that are at least partially different, and the first notification sound indicates that the door is in an open state. (For example, the sound "The door is open") is an informational sound including at least the informational sound, and the second informational sound is an informational sound related to the certain error (for example, "Hopper error. Call a staff member. Please”), and the sound output means may output the first notification sound or the second notification sound in the state where the certain error occurs. means, when the power is turned on in a state in which a certain operation is performed with the setting key, the setting value becomes a state in which the setting value can be changed, and the power is cut off in a state in which the certain error occurs, When the power is turned on in a state in which the certain operation is performed, the certain error is not resolved, and the door is in an open state, the set value is changed and the The sound output means outputs the first notification sound, and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound in relation to the completion of the change of the setting value and the completion of the certain operation by the setting key (for example, the setting key The timing of pulling out the setting key from the keyhole after operating from on to off, or the timing of operating the setting key from on to off), the means for outputting the second notification sound. It is a table.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, a notification sound (first notification sound) including at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state and a certain error The notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the cancellation can be used properly, and the convenience can be improved. Also, if the power is turned on after a certain operation has been performed, a certain error has not been resolved, and the door is in an open state, the setting value must be changed rather than the error. Therefore, setting value change can be executed with priority over error. A second notification sound is output as notification of a certain error at the timing when a certain operation by using the setting key is completed. can be notified.

The sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error when the door is in an open state when the power is turned on. There may be.

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not a certain error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes an openable and closable door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, storage number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), A gaming machine comprising setting means capable of setting one setting value out of a plurality of setting values, and display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157), wherein the notifying means relates to at least a certain error. means capable of executing notification, said notification means including sound output means (for example, speakers 272 and 277), said sound output means being means capable of outputting a first notification sound, said sound output The means is means capable of outputting a second notification sound, the first notification sound and the second notification sound are notification sounds at least partially different from each other, and the first notification sound The notification sound includes at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state (for example, a voice saying "the door is open"), and the second notification sound is a notification sound related to the certain error. (For example, a voice saying "There is a hopper error. Please call the staff"), and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound in the state where the certain error occurs; The means for outputting the second notification sound, and when the power is turned on in a state in which a certain operation has been performed with the setting key, the setting value becomes changeable, and the certain setting value is changed. If the power is turned off while an error is occurring, the power is turned on while the certain operation is being performed, the certain error has not been resolved, and the door is open ( hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the setting value is changed, the sound output means outputs the first notification sound, and the display means outputs the first notification sound in the first case. Means for displaying (or may be) one display (for example, the setting change completion display shown in FIG. 19(a)), wherein the display means is associated with the timing when the setting value change is completed. It is a means for switching to the first display and displaying (or possibly displaying) the second display (for example, the error display shown in FIG. 19(b)). .

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, a notification sound (first notification sound) including at least a notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state and a certain error The notification sound (second notification sound) prompting the cancellation can be used properly, and the convenience can be improved. Also, if the power is turned on after a certain operation has been performed, a certain error has not been resolved, and the door is in an open state, the setting value must be changed rather than the error. Since the setting value change can be executed with priority over the error, it is possible to switch to the first display and display the second display in relation to the timing when the setting value change is completed. , it is possible to reliably notify that the change of the set value has been completed.

In relation to the completion of the certain operation by the setting key (for example, at the timing when the setting key is removed from the keyhole after the setting key is operated from on to off, or when the setting key is turned off from on) The change of the setting value may be completed at the timing of the operation. Further, the first display may be a display suggesting that the setting value is being changed (for example, the setting change completion display shown in FIG. 19(a)), and the second display may be It may be a display related to the certain error (for example, the error display shown in FIG. 19(b)).

Further, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error if the door is in an open state when the power is turned on. There may be.

With such a configuration, regardless of whether or not a certain error has occurred, it is possible to preferentially notify that the door is in the open state.

Further, "to switch to the first display and display the second display" means that after the first display is switched to a certain display, the certain display is switched to the second display. For example, after switching the display suggesting that the setting value is being changed to the setting change completion display indicating that the setting value change is completed, the setting change completion display You can switch to display.

<Error notification/setting confirmation mode for hopper error>
Next, error notification of a hopper error when shifting to the setting confirmation mode will be described.

FIGS. 20(a) to 21(a) are diagrams showing an example of error notification of a hopper error in the case of shifting to the setting confirmation mode in chronological order.

<Error notification of hopper error / power on>
The state shown in FIG. 20(a) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) occurs before power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

The state shown in FIG. 20B is a state in which a store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 and turns on the power by operating the power switch arranged inside the main body 101 .

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open").

<Error notification of hopper error/start of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 20C is a state in which a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial settings have been completed.

Since the state shown in FIG. 20(c) is the same as the state explained using FIG. 10(d), detailed explanation is omitted. error) continues, the payout number indicator 127 (first notification means) is used to display an error code ("E4" in this example), indicating that a hopper error has occurred. Hopper error indicating that a hopper error has occurred by performing a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred by lighting the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 in red Notification (second notification) is performed.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

<Error notification of hopper error/Door open → Operate the setting key after turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 20D is a state in which an operation to turn the setting key from off to on is performed while a hopper error (certain error) that occurred before power-on continues.

In the slot machine 100, if a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) occurs when a certain operation (turning from off to on) is performed by the setting key after the power is turned on, The certain error is prioritized, and the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) is executed, and a certain error is eliminated, it is possible to shift to a state in which setting values can be confirmed (setting confirmation mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 20(d), a certain operation (operation from OFF to ON) was performed using the setting key, but in this example, a certain operation (operation from OFF to ON) was performed using the setting key. If a hopper error (certain error) occurs when the , the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number display 127 and the hopper error notification (second notification) by the segment f of the main board display 190 are performed (continued).

According to this example, since the notification of a certain error is given priority over the setting confirmation, it is possible to quickly deal with the error, and the setting confirmation takes time after the error is dealt with. It is possible to prevent situations such as forgetting to confirm settings or forgetting set values.

<Error notification of hopper error/resolved connection error → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 20(e) is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

Since the state shown in FIG. 20(e) is the same as the state described using FIG. 10(e), detailed description is omitted. Since one condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, while the second notification (hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) exit.

According to this example, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated. Since the second notification is ended, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk and the like.

In this state, the setting key remains on, but the hopper error has not been resolved, so the state in which the setting value can be confirmed (setting confirmation mode) is not entered.

<Error notification of hopper error/Reset button operation → Finish the first notification → Move to setting confirmation mode>
The state shown in FIG. 20(f) is a state in which the reset button is operated (the second condition is satisfied by the first operation) to resolve the hopper error (certain error).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was satisfied), the segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and the first notification ( Hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127) is terminated.

In the same state, since the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved while the setting key is on, the state shifts to a state in which the setting value can be confirmed (setting confirmation mode), but the front door 102 is opened. Since the setting value is in a state where it is confirmed, the door body does not start outputting the setting confirmation sound (in this example, the sound "Setting confirmation is in progress") indicating that the setting value can be confirmed. The speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound indicating that the door is open (in this example, the sound "the door is open").

According to this example, when the door is opened during setting confirmation, the notification sound indicating that the door is open is output while the notification sound indicating that the setting is being confirmed is not output. A store clerk or the like in a game store can surely know that the door is open.

In addition, in the same state, a display including a setting confirmation display indicating that the setting value can be confirmed (in this example, the display of the character string "setting confirmation") is displayed in the third display mode (this In the example, it is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in a display mode in which a character string "confirming settings" is arranged on the upper left of a gray background image.

According to this example, when the door is opened while the settings are being checked, the notification sound indicating that the settings are being checked is not output, but a display indicating that the settings are being checked is displayed. can be reliably grasped visually.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 blink in red to notify that the front door 102 is open ( open notification).

According to this example, the fact that the door is open during setting confirmation (that the setting is being confirmed or that there is a possibility that a fraudulent act, etc. etc., can be communicated with certainty.

<Error notification of hopper error / Solve hopper error → Close front door>
The state shown in FIG. 21(a) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved.

Since the state shown in FIG. 21(a) is the same as the state explained using FIG. 11(a), a detailed explanation is omitted. In the same state, the closing of the front door 102 was detected by the open/close sensor. Therefore, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification (red flashing) by the production button 192, the output of the opening notification sound (“the door is open”) by the speakers 272 and 277, and the main board display While ending the door open error notification (segment e lighting in red) by the device 190, the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue lighting and the normal screen display by the liquid crystal display device 157. A lamp 142, a side lamp 144, and a performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has the first notification means (for example, the number of payouts shown in FIGS. 10D and 10E). indicator 127), second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board indicator 190 shown in FIG. 10(d)), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein when a certain operation is performed with a setting key after the power is turned on, the setting value is shifted to a state in which the setting value can be confirmed, and the first notification means In at least a part of the period during which an error (for example, a hopper error) occurs (or the entire period during which a certain error occurs), the first notification (for example, the payout number indicator 127 hopper error notification), and the second notification means is capable of starting at least a part of the period during which the certain error is occurring (or the period during which the certain error is occurring ), means capable of initiating a second annunciation (e.g., hopper error annunciation by segment f of main board indicator 190), said certain error being the first condition met ( For example, the error is resolved when the second condition is met (for example, the reset button is operated or the door is reset) after the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved. , when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is satisfied after that, the first notification is continued; When the second notification is terminated, the power is turned off in the state where the error occurs, and the power is turned on, the first notification is performed when the setting key is operated. After the second notification is performed and the certain error is resolved (for example, after all errors are resolved if multiple errors have occurred, or if multiple errors have occurred) The gaming machine is characterized in that it is possible (or always transitions) to a state in which the set values can be confirmed after a part of the error has been eliminated in the case where the set value is confirmed.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, since notification of a certain error is given priority over setting confirmation, it is possible to quickly deal with the error, and it is possible to take time after dealing with the error. Setting confirmation can be performed by the user, and situations such as forgetting to confirm the setting or forgetting the setting value can be prevented.

In addition, since the first notification is continued even when the cause of a certain error is partially eliminated, it is possible to notify that the certain error has not been completely eliminated, and the second Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like.

In addition, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and (e)). , second notification means (for example, segment f of main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(d)), and setting means capable of setting one setting value among a plurality of setting values. In the amusement machine, if an operation using a setting key (hereinafter referred to as "setting operation") is performed after the power is turned on, the setting value can be confirmed, and the first notification is made. means, during at least a part of a period during which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) is generated (or during the entire period during which a certain error is generated), means capable of starting a first notification indicating that the A second notification indicating that an error has occurred during a portion of the period (or the entire period during which the error occurs) (for example, a segment of the main board display 190 hopper error notification by f. (for example, the reset button is operated), and when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued, the second notification is terminated, and the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring. However, when the setting operation is performed after the power is turned on, at least the second notification is started, and after the certain error is resolved, the setting value can be confirmed. The game machine is characterized in that it is possible.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, since notification of a certain error is given priority over setting confirmation, it is possible to quickly deal with the error, and it is possible to take time after dealing with the error. Setting confirmation can be performed by the user, and situations such as forgetting to confirm the setting or forgetting the setting value can be prevented.

Also, even if the cause of a certain error has been eliminated, if a certain operation capable of resolving the error has not been performed, the first While continuing the notification of the error, the second notification indicating that the certain error has occurred is terminated. It is possible to notify that the related state has changed, and by continuing the first notification, a certain operation that can be resolved by a certain error has not been performed, and a certain error has been completely resolved. It is possible to notify that the game has not been completed, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store clerk or the like.

In addition, a third notification means (for example, segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button) are provided, and the second notification means and The third notification means is arranged on the same board inside the housing of the gaming machine, and the certain operation is operation of the certain operation means (for example, operation of a reset button). , the third notification means, when the certain operation is performed (hereinafter referred to as "first case"), a third notification indicating that the certain operation is being performed It is a means capable of starting notification (for example, reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190), and in the first case, the certain error is resolved and the first notification ends. There may be.

Further, display means is provided, and the display means starts error display when the certain error occurs, and displays the error display until the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may be a means to

Further, sound output means is provided, and when the error occurs, the sound output means starts a sound notification regarding the error, and when the cause of the error is eliminated, the operation is performed. It may also be a means for continuing the voice notification until it is finished.

<Modified example of setting change mode/setting change mode>
Next, the normal setting change mode will be described prior to the explanation of the modification of the setting change mode.

22(a) to 23(b) are diagrams showing an example of a setting change operation in a normal setting change mode in chronological order.

<Modified example of setting change mode/power-on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 22(a) is a state in which an error (for example, a hopper error) has not occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

The state shown in FIG. 22(b) is a state in which a store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 and the power is turned on in a state in which the operation of turning the setting key from off to on is performed.

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open").

<Modified example of setting change mode/moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 22(c) is a state in which the setting change mode is entered in a state in which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has not occurred.

In the same state, since the mode has changed to the setting change mode, the display including the setting changing display (in this example, the character string "setting changing" is displayed) indicating that the setting value can be changed, It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in the first display mode (in this example, the display mode in which the character string "setting change in progress" is arranged in the center of the yellow background image).

In addition, since the same state is the state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting change in progress") indicates that the setting value can be changed. ”) is output from the speakers 272 and 277 to indicate that the door is in the open state (in this example, the sound “the door is open”).

<Modification of setting change mode / setting change mode (door open → door closed)>
The state shown in FIG. 22(d) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the open state to the closed state while the setting key remains on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In this state, a display including a setting changing display (in this example, a character string "setting changing" is displayed) indicating that the setting value can be changed is displayed in the second display mode (in this example, , in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, in a display mode that includes a setting screen (operation check setting screen) that allows the operation check to be started, along with a character string "setting being changed" placed on the upper left of the green background image. indicate.

In addition, in the same state, the front door 102 is closed in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting change in progress") indicates that the setting value can be changed !”) is output from the speakers 272 and 277 .

As described with reference to FIGS. 22(c) and (d), according to this example, in the door open state during setting change, the notification sound during setting change is not output, while the door closing sound during setting change is not output. To provide a game machine with a characteristic informing means by which a notification sound is output during setting change in the state, so that the state of door opening and door closing can be interlocked with the presence or absence of notification sound during setting change. can do. In addition, in the door open state, a notification sound indicates that the door is open while the settings are being changed (there is a possibility that the settings are being changed or that fraudulent acts are being carried out). A store clerk or the like can be reliably notified, and in the door closed state, a store clerk or the like can be reliably notified by the notification sound that the setting change has not been completed.

In addition, in the setting change mode of this example, a setting screen (operation check setting screen) for starting the operation check is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157 . A store clerk or the like can arbitrarily select any one of the speaker check, accessory check, and effect button check on the setting screen by operating the cross key 193 (operation means).

<Modification of setting change mode / setting change mode (door closed → door open)>
The state shown in FIG. 22(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key remains on after shifting to the setting change mode.

This state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting is being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. Without starting the output of the door, the opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open") indicating that the door is open is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper part The lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are flashed in red to notify that the front door 102 is open (open notification).

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, the display including the setting changing display (in this example, the display of the character string "setting changing") is displayed in the second mode. It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "setting change in progress" is arranged in the center of a yellow background image).

<Modified example of setting change mode/setting change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 22(f) is a state in which setting values are being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 23(a) is a state in which setting values have been finalized and setting changes have been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 22(f), while the set values are displayed on the payout number display 127, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are detected each time the operating means (setting switch) is pressed once. is added and updated by 1 to change the setting value from setting 1 to setting 6, and when a pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6 do.

Further, in the state shown in FIG. 23(a), since the setting value is confirmed and the setting change is completed, the display during setting change is ended, and the setting change indicating that the setting value is confirmed and the setting change is completed is displayed. A completion display (in this example, a screen in which a character string “setting change completed” is arranged in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

<Modified example of setting change mode/end of setting change mode>
In the state shown in FIG. 23(b), a certain operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after the setting key is turned off from on), the setting change mode ends, and the front door is opened. 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state.

In this state, since the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 is closed, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make an opening announcement sound ("Door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number indicator 125 and the payout number indicator 127 light up and While continuing to display the normal screen by the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

<Modified example of setting change mode / setting confirmation mode>
Next, prior to explaining the modification of the setting change mode, the normal setting confirmation mode will be explained.

FIGS. 23(c) and 24(b) are diagrams showing an example of the setting confirmation operation in the normal setting confirmation mode in chronological order.

<Modified example of setting change mode / Operate the setting key after turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 23(c) is a state in which an error (for example, a hopper error) has not occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

The state shown in FIG. 23(d) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by a store clerk or the like, and the power is turned on by operating the power switch arranged inside the main body 101 .

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open").

<Modified example of setting change mode/moving to setting confirmation mode>
The state shown in FIG. 23(e) is a state in which the setting confirmation mode has been entered.

In this state, since the front door 102 is open, a setting confirmation notification sound (in this example, "setting confirmation in progress") is output to indicate that the setting value can be confirmed. without starting, the speaker 272, 277 outputs an open notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state (in this example, the sound "the door is open").

According to this example, when the door is opened during setting confirmation, the notification sound indicating that the door is open is output while the notification sound indicating that the setting is being confirmed is not output. A store clerk or the like in a game store can surely know that the door is open.

In addition, in the same state, a display including a setting confirmation display indicating that the setting value can be confirmed (in this example, the display of the character string "setting confirmation") is displayed in the third display mode (this In the example, it is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in a display mode in which a character string "confirming settings" is arranged on the upper left of a gray background image.

According to this example, when the door is opened while the settings are being checked, the notification sound indicating that the settings are being checked is not output, but a display indicating that the settings are being checked is displayed. can be reliably grasped visually.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 blink in red to notify that the front door 102 is open ( open notification).

According to this example, the fact that the door is open during setting confirmation (that the setting is being confirmed or that there is a possibility that a fraudulent act, etc. etc., can be communicated with certainty.

<Modification of setting change mode / end of setting confirmation mode>
The state shown in FIG. 24(a) is a state in which a certain operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after an operation to turn the setting key from on to off is performed), and the setting confirmation mode is terminated. The state shown in FIG. 4B is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state.

In the state shown in FIG. 24(a), since the setting confirmation mode has ended, the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 are lit and the normal screen is displayed by the liquid crystal display device 157, while the front door 102 is in an open state, an open notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open") is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, production button 192 blinks in red to notify that the front door 102 is open (open notification).

In the state shown in FIG. 24(b), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 While ending the output of the opening notification sound (the voice saying "the door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (the red lighting of the segment e), the stored number display 125, the payout number While continuing the lighting of the display 127 and the display of the normal screen by the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are lit in the production mode to notify that the normal game can be started. conduct.

<Modified example of setting change mode / Setting change mode by operating setting keys after power-on>
Next, a setting change mode by operating setting keys after power-on will be described.

FIGS. 24(c) to 25(f) are diagrams chronologically showing an example of the setting change mode by operating setting keys after the power is turned on.

<Setting change mode by operating setting keys after power-on>
The state shown in FIG. 24(c) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) occurs before power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

The state shown in FIG. 24(d) is a state in which the store clerk opens the front door 102 and the power is turned on, and the state shown in FIG. , in which an operation has been performed to turn the setting key from off to on.

When the slot machine 100 is powered off with an error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), After the power is turned on, a certain operation (this In the example, when an operation of turning the setting key from off to on is performed, it is configured to shift to a state in which setting values can be changed (setting change mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 24(d), the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects that the front door 102 is open. By doing so, it is notified that the front door 102 is open (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, it is indicated that the front door 102 is open. The door opening error notification shown in FIG.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 24(e), since the setting key has been turned on from off before the error notification of the hopper error is started, the setting change mode is entered.

According to this example, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on.

The states shown in FIGS. 25(a) to 25(f) are almost the same as the states described using FIGS. The state shown in FIG. 25(a) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

This state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, so a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting is being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. Without starting the output of the door (sound), the opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open") indicating that the door is open is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper part The lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are flashed in red to notify that the front door 102 is open (open notification).

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, the display including the setting changing display (in this example, the display of the character string "setting changing") is displayed in the second mode. It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "setting change in progress" is arranged in the center of a yellow background image).

The state shown in FIG. 25(b) is a state in which setting values are being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 25(c) is a state in which setting values have been finalized and setting changes have been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 25(b), while the set values are displayed on the payout number display 127, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are detected each time the operating means (setting switch) is pressed once. is added and updated by 1 to change the setting value from setting 1 to setting 6, and when a pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6 do.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 25C, since the setting value has been confirmed and the setting change has been completed, the setting changing display is ended, and the setting change indicating that the setting value has been confirmed and the setting change has been completed. A completion display (in this example, a screen in which a character string “setting change completed” is arranged in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

The state shown in FIG. 25(d) is a state in which a certain operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after an operation to turn the setting key from on to off is performed), and the setting change mode is finished.

In the same state, the hopper error (certain error) continues, and the setting change mode (the state in which the setting value can be changed) ends, so the first notification (in this example, the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190).

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. , since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

According to this example, since the error state is entered after the setting change operation is completed, the user does not forget to deal with the error due to the setting change operation, and the error is surely eliminated before the game is started. be able to.

In the state shown in FIG. 25(e), since the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127) is continued. On the other hand, the second notification (the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) ends.

In the state shown in FIG. 25(f), the reset button is operated to resolve the hopper error (the second condition is satisfied), and the hopper error (certain error) is resolved, so the first notification (Hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127) is terminated.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (flashes in red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make the opening announcement sound ( While ending the output of the voice "the door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (the red lighting of the segment e), the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 Lighting and display of the normal screen by the liquid crystal display device 157 are continued, and the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 or pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display 127, the accumulated number display 125). , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, effect button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and one of a plurality of set values can be set. and a setting means, wherein the notification means is a first notification (for example, by the payout number display 127) indicating that at least a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has occurred Hopper error notification, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) can be started. is not resolved (hereinafter referred to as "first case"), and when the power is turned on while a setting key is operated (for example, an operation to turn it on from off) is in a state in which the setting value can be changed (for example, setting change mode), and when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the state in which the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode) is entered. mode), and in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value is changed. It is a game machine characterized in that it shifts (or can shift).

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the setting value can be changed. The setting value may not be changed to the checkable state, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be changed to the checkable state.

With such a configuration, since the game cannot be started unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be confirmed before the game is started.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the setting value is changed to a changeable state. , the error state may be entered after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

In the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value is changed to a changeable state, and after the setting change operation is completed, the error state is entered. It may be transferred.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

In addition, the power is cut off in a state where an error other than the certain error (for example, an error that can be resolved by changing the settings (medal insertion error 2, etc.)) is occurring, and after the power is turned on, the If the certain operation is performed before the first notification is started, the setting value is changed to a changeable state, and after the setting change operation is completed (or the setting value is changeable state (after completion of the game) without transitioning to the error state, the transition to a state in which the game can be played may be made.

With such a configuration, when a minor error or an error that can be resolved by a setting change occurs, the game can be progressed without transitioning to an error state, and the operating rate of the gaming machine can be increased. can.

In addition, when the power is turned on, the power is cut off in a state where an error other than the above-mentioned error (for example, an error that can be resolved by changing the settings (medal insertion error 2, etc.)) is occurring, and the above-mentioned certain operation is performed. When the power is turned on with It may be such that the game can be played without transitioning to the error state.

With such a configuration, when a minor error or an error that can be resolved by a setting change occurs, the game can be progressed without transitioning to an error state, and the operating rate of the gaming machine can be increased. can.

In addition, the certain error is an error that cannot be resolved by changing settings and confirming settings (for example, hopper empty error, hopper error, medal insertion error 1 (medal insertion jam), medal payout error 1 (medal payout jam), medal payout error 3 (fraudulent payout), overflow abnormality). Further, the other error may be an error that can be resolved by changing settings (for example, RAM failure (RWM failure), winning failure (winning design failure), backup failure). Also, the other error may be an error that cannot be resolved by checking the settings.

Here, the setting change includes the case where the power is turned on while a certain operation (for example, an operation to turn it on from off) has been performed using the setting key, and a certain error occurs after the power is turned on. Errors that can be resolved by changing settings include both cases where the above-mentioned certain operation is performed before the first notification indicating that it has occurred is shifted to a state where setting values can be changed. After that, the setting value is changed (or the setting value is not changed), and the error is resolved when the changeable state of the setting value ends (when a certain operation is canceled). be.

<Various processing after power-on when a certain error remains>
Next, with reference to FIG. 26, various processes after power-on when a certain error occurs will be described.

FIG. 26(a) is a diagram showing the flow of various processes in chronological order in the case of transitioning to the setting change mode before announcing the error after the power is turned on in a state where a certain error has occurred. FIG. 4(b) shows the flow of various processes in chronological order when an error notification is executed without shifting to the setting change mode after the power is turned on while a certain error has occurred. It is a diagram.

<Various processing after power-on/power-off processing when a certain error remains>
26(a) and 26(b), the timing indicated by reference symbol T1 is a state in which an error (for example, a hopper error) has occurred in the slot machine 100. For example, the power switch arranged inside the main body 101 is turned on. is turned off, and the power supply to the slot machine 100 is cut off (stopped). The cause of the power cutoff is not limited to the operation of turning off the power switch, and may be due to a power failure, momentary power interruption, or the like.

As described with reference to FIG. 5, the main controller 300 of the slot machine 100 determines whether or not the low voltage signal is on (monitored voltage is less than 9V) in step S209 of the main controller timer interrupt process. or not), and if the low-voltage signal is on (when power shutdown is detected), in step S211, a specific variable or stack pointer for returning to the state at the time of power failure when power is restored is saved in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as return data, and power-off processing such as initialization of the input/output ports is performed, and then the main control unit main processing shown in FIG.

26(a) and 26(b), the power supply to the slot machine 100 is cut off at the timing indicated by symbol T1, and the main control unit 300 detects the cutoff of the power supply. Return to the control unit main processing.

<Various processing/initial setting processing after power-on when a certain error remains>
26(a) and 26(b), the timing T2 is the timing when the slot machine 100 is powered on, and the subsequent timing T3 is when the voltage of the power source of the main control unit 300 reaches a predetermined value. It is the timing when the value is reached and the main control unit 300 is activated.

For example, when an operation to turn on the power switch is performed, the slot machine 100 is powered on, and after that, when the voltage value of the power source of the main control unit 300 reaches a predetermined value (for example, 4.5 v) (this In the example, at the timing indicated by symbol T3), the main control unit 300 (main CPU) is activated, the main control unit main processing shown in FIG. be started.

In this initial setting process, first, power is supplied to the peripheral devices such as the first sub-controller 400 and the second sub-controller 500, and after various initial settings are performed, the state at the time of power failure is restored. Until, a predetermined waiting period (for example, 200 ms), wait processing is performed, the waiting time has passed, and at the timing when it is determined that the low voltage signal is off (monitoring voltage is 9 v or more) (in this example 26(a) and (b)), it is determined whether or not a certain operation with the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) has been detected.

<Various processing/initial setting processing after power-on when a certain error remains> Setting change>
The slot machine 100 is "at least a partial period after the power is turned on and before the first notification (e.g., hopper error notification) indicating that a certain error has occurred" is started. In addition, it is possible to determine whether a certain operation with the setting key (for example, an operation to turn the setting key from ON to OFF) has been performed, and change the setting value if a certain operation has been performed with the setting key. It is configured to transition to a state (eg, change settings mode).

In the example shown in FIG. 26(a), the timing indicated by symbol T4 in the same figure, that is, "after the power is turned on, the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (for example, A certain operation (for example, turning the setting key from ON to OFF) was performed with the setting key during at least a partial period before the start of the hopper error notification), so the waiting time indicated by symbol T5 is completed, it is determined that a certain operation has been performed with the setting key, and after executing processing for shifting to the setting change mode, the setting change mode is entered at the timing indicated by symbol T6.

It should be noted that the timing of a certain operation by the setting key, which is a condition for shifting to the setting change mode, is not limited to the standby period of the main control unit 300 (period from symbol T3 to symbol T5) in this example, and "(slot machine 100) after the power is turned on and before the start of the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred". Therefore, for example, the timing after the standby period of the main control unit 300 in this example (the period from T3 to T5) has passed, for example, the timing indicated by T4' in FIG. After the waiting time of the unit 300 has elapsed and before the start of the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred, it may be a certain timing in at least a part of the period.

<Various processing/initial setting processing after power-on with a certain error remaining > Error notification>
On the other hand, the slot machine 100 is "at least a partial If a certain operation with the setting key (for example, turning the setting key from ON to OFF) is not performed during the "period", the state in which the setting value can be changed (for example, setting change mode) is not changed. It is configured.

In the example shown in FIG. 26(b), during the standby period of the main control unit 300 (period from symbol T3 to symbol T5), since a certain operation using the setting key was not performed, the main control unit 300 When it is determined that the voltage signal is off (monitored voltage is 9 V or more), setting of stack initial value to stack pointer (SP) of CPU 304, setting of interrupt prohibition, initial setting of I/O 310, RAM 308 initialization of various variables to be stored in the WDT 314, operation permission to the WDT 314, setting of initial values, and the like. As a result of the main control unit 300 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and registers, the slot machine 100 returns to the state at the time of power failure.

For example, if an error (e.g., hopper error) remains and a certain operation using the setting key (e.g., turning the setting key from ON to OFF) is not performed, the main control unit 300, after executing the recovery process at the time of power failure, for example, at the timing indicated by symbol T7 in FIG. Notification (for example, hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) is started, and an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (for example, in this example, " Hopper error. Please call an attendant." is displayed.

It should be noted that the period including the timing T8 in FIG. 26(b), that is, the error notification is started after the recovery process that starts execution when a certain operation with the setting key is not performed is started. In this example, when a certain operation is performed using the setting key during the period until the setting Error notification is started without shifting to the confirmation mode, but if priority is given to shifting to the setting confirmation mode over error notification, it may be configured to shift to the setting confirmation mode. Further, in the case of such a configuration, the error notification may be started when the confirmation of the set value is completed.

<Changing Settings in a Remaining State of a Certain Error (Modification 1)>
Next, a setting change (modified example 1) in a state where a certain error remains will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 and 28. FIG.

FIGS. 27(a) to 28(j) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 1) in a state where a certain error remains. In this example, if a setting key is operated after the power is turned on and after the error notification is started, the setting value is not changed to the checkable state.

<Setting change in a certain error remaining state (modified example 1) / before power-on (error remaining)>
The state shown in FIG. 27(a) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 1)/turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 27B is a state in which a store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 and turns on the power by operating the power switch arranged inside the main body 101 .

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. conduct.

In the same state, since the slot machine 100 is powered on, a power-on display (first display) indicating that the power is turned on is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Power has been inserted") is displayed, and the stored number indicator 125 is turned on since the restoration process such as the initial setting is completed.

<Setting Change in a Certain Error Remaining State (Modification 1)/Error Notification>
The state shown in FIG. 27(c) is a state in which a predetermined time has passed since the power was turned on, and restoration processing such as initial setting has been completed.

In this state, since the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues, the error code ("E4" in this example) is displayed using the payout number display 127 (first notification means). ) is displayed to perform a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, and the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red. By doing so, a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is performed.

At the same time, a hopper error display (first notification or second display) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. ”) is displayed, and the speaker 272, 277 repeatedly outputs an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound “the door is open”).

<Setting change in a state where a certain error remains (Modification 1)/setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 27D is a state in which an operation to turn the setting key from off to on is performed while a hopper error (certain error) that occurred before power-on continues.

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off with a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first ), after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127, the hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and the hopper error by the liquid crystal display device 157 display) is started, if a certain operation with the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from OFF to ON) is performed (second case), the setting value can be confirmed (In this example, it is configured not to shift to the setting confirmation mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 28(d), a certain operation using the setting key (an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) was performed. ) is not resolved (first case), the hopper error (some error) takes precedence.

Therefore, in the same state, even if a certain operation is performed with the setting key after the hopper error notification (first notification) is started (second case), the set value can be confirmed. Without shifting to the state (setting confirmation mode), the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification (first notification) by the segment f of the main board display 190, and the liquid crystal Since the hopper error display (first notification or second display) by the display device 157 is continued and the front door 102 is in the open state, the open notification sound is repeatedly output from the speakers 272 and 277 .

According to this example, since notification of a certain error is prioritized over confirmation of settings, it is possible to quickly deal with the error, and to check the settings after taking sufficient time after dealing with the error. can be performed, and situations such as forgetting to confirm settings or forgetting set values can be prevented.

The "first notification" according to the present invention is not limited to the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and the hopper error display by the liquid crystal display device 157, but is not limited to these notifications. One, a plurality, or all of them may be used, and instead of (or in addition to) these notifications, notifications by sound output means (for example, speakers 272 and 277) (for example, "hopper error It is possible to apply a notification (eg, red flashing, etc.) by means of light output means (eg, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144) (the same applies to other embodiments).

Further, the ``first notification'' according to the present invention may be ``notification indicating that at least a certain error has occurred''. , voice and display such as "the door is open"), setting change notification indicating that the setting value can be changed (for example, voice and display such as "setting is being changed"), etc. (Other embodiments are similar).

In addition, "first", "second", "third Numbers such as "three" are for the convenience of distinguishing multiple "notifications", and the number does not limit the content of the invention, and any number can be attached. The same applies to the numbers attached before the characters such as "informing means", "display", and "case".

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Returning setting keys>
The state shown in FIG. 27E is a state in which an operation to turn the setting key from ON to OFF has been performed.

In the same state, since only the operation of turning the setting key from on to off is performed, the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number display 127 and the hopper error by the segment f of the main board display 190 While continuing the error notification (first notification) and the hopper error display (first notification or second display) by the liquid crystal display device 157, since the front door 102 is in the open state, from the speakers 272 and 277 , repeatedly outputs an open notification sound.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Resolving connection error>
The state shown in FIG. 27(f) is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number display 127 is continued, while the main board display The hopper error notification (first notification) by the segment f of 190 ends.

According to this example, even if a part of the cause of a certain error is eliminated, the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number indicator 127 is continued, so that the error is completely resolved. In addition to being able to notify that it has not been cleared, in order to end the hopper error notification (first notification) by segment f of the main board display 190, it is notified that the state has changed in relation to a certain error. It is possible to improve the working efficiency and convenience of game store clerks and the like.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Reset button operation>
In the state shown in FIG. 28(g), the reset button is operated to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) (the first operation satisfies the second condition), and the hopper error that occurred before the power was turned on. (some error) is resolved.

In this state, since the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button, the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number indicator 127 is terminated, and the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 is terminated. , the demonstration screen is displayed instead of the hopper error display (first notification or second display).

In the slot machine 100 of this example, after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127, the hopper error notification by the main board indicator 190, the liquid crystal display device 157 If a certain operation is performed with the setting key (second case) after the hopper error display by) has started, an error state occurs, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value can be confirmed. is configured to

In the state shown in FIG. 28(g), since the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on has been resolved, it is possible to shift to the setting confirmation mode (the setting value can be confirmed).

In this example, an example in which a certain error is resolved by operating the reset button has been shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and an operation by one or a plurality of certain operation means other than the reset button (for example, A certain error can be eliminated by operating a setting increment button, simultaneously pressing a reset button and a certain operating means, long-pressing or repeatedly hitting a certain operating means, operating with a touch panel, operating with a DIP switch, etc.). There may be.

<Setting change in a state where a certain error remains (Modification 1)/setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 28(h) is a state in which an operation to turn the setting key from OFF to ON has been performed and the mode has shifted to the setting confirmation mode.

In the same state, since a certain operation (turning from OFF to ON) was performed using the setting key while the hopper error (certain error) was resolved, the mode shifts to the setting confirmation mode and the stored number of sheets is displayed. While displaying the setting value using the device 125 (in this example, displaying the number “03” indicating that the current setting value is setting 3), while the front door 102 is open Therefore, the door body is in the open state without starting to output the setting confirmation notification sound (in this example, the sound "Setting confirmation is in progress") indicating that the setting value can be confirmed. is output from the speakers 272 and 277.

According to this example, when the door is opened during setting confirmation, the notification sound indicating that the door is open is output while the notification sound indicating that the setting is being confirmed is not output. A store clerk or the like in a game store can surely know that the door is open.

In the same state, in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, instead of the display of the demo screen, a setting confirmation display indicating that the setting value can be confirmed (in this example, "setting confirmation") is displayed. display of images, including the display of strings).

According to this example, when the door is opened while the settings are being checked, the notification sound indicating that the settings are being checked is not output, but a display indicating that the settings are being checked is displayed. can be reliably grasped visually.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 blink in red to notify that the front door 102 is open ( open notification).

According to this example, the fact that the door is open during setting confirmation (that the setting is being confirmed or that there is a possibility that a fraudulent act, etc. etc., can be communicated with certainty.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Returning setting keys>
The state shown in FIG. 28(i) is a state in which an operation to turn the setting key from ON to OFF has been performed and the setting confirmation mode has ended.

In the same state, since the setting confirmation mode has ended, the display of the setting value by the stored number display 125 is ended, and the demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 instead of the setting confirmation display. .

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Closing the front door>
The state shown in FIG. 28(j) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like.

In this state, since the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 is closed, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make an opening announcement sound ("Door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (segment e lights up in red), while the stored number indicator 125 and the payout number indicator 127 light up and While continuing to display the normal screen by the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 or pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display 127, the accumulated number display 125). , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, effect button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and one of a plurality of set values can be set. and a setting means, wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (e.g., hopper error) (e.g., hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127, main Hopper error notification by the segment f of the substrate display 190, hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) can be started, and the power is turned on after the power is turned off in the state where the certain error is occurring. In some cases, there is a case where the error is not resolved (hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the power is cut off in the state where the error does not occur, and a certain operation with the setting key (for example, from OFF to If the power is turned on while the operation to turn it on is performed, the setting value can be changed (for example, a setting change mode), and the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred. If the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, after the power is turned on. and when the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the first notification is started, the setting value can be changed, and in the first case, the power supply is turned on and the certain operation is performed after the first notification is started (hereinafter referred to as "second case". For example, an error The gaming machine is characterized in that the setting value cannot be confirmed when the setting key is operated after the notification is started.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. Also, if a setting key is operated after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the setting value will not be changed to a state in which the setting value can be confirmed. Priority is given to the notification of a certain error, and it is possible to quickly deal with the error, and it is possible to take time to check the settings after dealing with the error. It is possible to prevent a situation in which a value is forgotten.

In addition, even if an error state occurs in the second case (a state in which an error has occurred and the error has not been resolved), and the setting value can be confirmed when the error state is resolved. good.

With such a configuration, since the set value cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be reliably confirmed before the game is started. can.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Further, in the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is being performed, the setting value can be changed (without transitioning to a state in which the setting value can be confirmed). It may be in an error state after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

<Changing Settings in a Remaining State of a Certain Error (Modification 2)>
Next, a setting change (modified example 2) in a state where a certain error remains will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 and 30. FIG.

FIGS. 29(a) to 30(k) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 2) when a certain error remains.

<Setting change in a certain error remaining state (modified example 2) / before power-on (error remaining)>
The state shown in FIG. 29A is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 29(b) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by a store clerk or the like and the power is turned on.

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. conduct.

In the same state, since the slot machine 100 is powered on, a power-on display (first display) indicating that the power is turned on is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Power is inserted") is displayed, and since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number indicator 125 is turned on.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 29(c) is a state in which the operation to turn the setting key from OFF to ON has been performed before notification of a hopper error (certain error), and the state shown in FIG. Power supply to the slot machine 100 is cut off before the value change is completed.

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off with an error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and when the power is turned on, if the error is not resolved (first case), after the power is turned on, the first display (display that starts to be displayed in relation to the power being turned on. In this example, the power-on display indicating that the power is turned on ) to the second display (display displayed as part of the first notification. In this example, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred), a certain operation by the setting key ( In this example, when an operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON is performed, the setting value is changed to a changeable state.

In the state shown in FIG. 29C, after the power is turned on and before the power-on display (first display) is switched to the error display (second display), a certain operation ( Since the operation of turning the setting key from off to on) has been performed, the process of shifting to the setting change mode has started. In this example, as shown in FIG. 29(d), the power supply to the slot machine 100 is interrupted (cut off) before the change of the setting value is completed, so the change of the setting value is completed. not.

According to this example, when the power is cut off with an error occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power is turned on and is set before switching from the first display (the display started in connection with turning on the power) to the second display (the display displayed as part of the first notification) When a certain key operation is performed, the setting value is changed to a changeable state. Therefore, the setting value can be changed even after the power is turned on. can.

It should be noted that the "first display" according to the present invention may be "display started in relation to turning on the power", for example (in relation to turning on the power) It may be a display suggesting that the initialization is being performed (for example, a display including a character string such as "initialization in progress" or "starting up").

Further, the "second display" according to the present invention may be "display displayed as part of the first notification". Display (for example, a display containing the character string "Please call a clerk") or a display that can identify an error and indicates the type of error (for example, a display containing the character string "medal error"), etc. may be

Further, the "second display" according to the present invention is preferably "a display including a display that can identify the type of error", such as "medal error", "door is open", etc. By including the name of the error, the type of error may be identified, or by including an error code such as "E4", the type of error may be identified.

Further, in the slot machine 100 of this example, if power is cut off in a state where a certain error (hopper error in this example) is occurring, and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (second In one case), after the power is turned on, the sound output means (speakers 272 and 277 in this example) emits a certain sound (open notification sound in this example) It is configured so that the setting value can be changed even when a certain operation is performed with the setting key before starting the output of the setting value.

In the state shown in FIG. 29(c), after the power is turned on and before the speakers 272 and 277 (sound output means) start outputting the opening notification sound (a certain sound), a certain operation by the setting key is performed. Since the operation (turning the setting key from off to on) has been performed, the process of shifting to the setting change mode has started. In this example, as shown in FIG. 29(d), the power supply to the slot machine 100 is interrupted (cut off) before the change of the setting value is completed, so the change of the setting value is completed. not.

According to this example, if the power is cut off with an error occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power is turned on, Also, when a certain operation is performed by the setting key after the power is turned on and before the sound output means starts outputting a certain sound, the setting value is changed to a changeable state. Therefore, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, and the convenience of the store clerk at the amusement arcade can be improved.

In addition, the "certain sound" according to the present invention is not limited to the opening notification sound, but also an error sound indicating an error state (for example, a sound such as "Hopper error"), or a sound indicating that the power is turned on. A power-on sound indicating that the A setting confirmation sound that indicates that the settings are being checked (for example, a sound such as "Checking settings") or a warning sound that indicates that initial settings are being made or preparations are being made (for example, "Initial settings are in progress") , a voice such as "Being prepared"), or the like.

Further, the ``certain sound'' according to the present invention is preferably ``the sound first output from the sound output means after the power is turned on'', and is a sound effect such as ``ping'' or ``ping''. It may be a voice based on voice data, or a piece of music or the like.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/turning on the power again → changing settings>
The state shown in FIG. 29(e) is a state in which power is supplied to the slot machine 100 in the power-off state shown in FIG. 29(d).

In the state shown in FIG. 29(e), power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 blink in red. By doing so, it is notified that the front door 102 is open (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, it is indicated that the front door 102 is open. Door open error notification shown.

In the same state, since the slot machine 100 is powered on, a power-on display (first display) indicating that the power is turned on is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Power is inserted") is displayed, and since preparations such as initial setting are completed, the storage number indicator 125 is turned on.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 29(f) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while an error is occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), the setting value will be changed. When the power is turned off without completion of the change and the power is turned on again, the setting value can be changed.

In the state shown in FIG. 29(f), if the power is cut off with a certain error (hopper error) occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on, the set value will be changed. Since the power was turned off without completion of the change and the power was turned on again, the setting change mode is entered, and the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 indicates that the setting value can be changed. A medium display (in this example, a display including a character string “setting change in progress”) is displayed.

In addition, since the same state is the state in which the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "setting change in progress") indicates that the setting value can be changed. ”) is output from the speakers 272 and 277 to indicate that the door is in the open state (in this example, the sound “the door is open”). A setting change notification sound may be output in place of (or in addition to) the opening notification sound.

According to this example, if the power is cut off with an error occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), the set value cannot be changed. If the power is turned off without completion and the power is turned on again, the setting value can be changed. Forgetting to change can be prevented.

<Setting change in a certain error residual state (Modification 2)/Setting value change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 30(g) is a state in which the set value is being changed by the setting switch.

In this state, while the set value is displayed on the payout number display 127, each time the operation means (setting switch) is pressed once, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are incremented by 1. and change the setting value to setting 6 in this example.

<Setting change with a certain error remaining (Modification 2)/setting change completion>
The state shown in FIG. 30(h) is the state after the setting value is confirmed and the setting change is completed and before a certain operation by the setting key is released (before the setting key is pulled out).

In the same state, since the pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is accepted, the setting value is confirmed to the setting 6, and the setting change mode is completed, so the setting by the stored number display 125 When the display of the value is finished, the setting changing display is finished in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and a setting change completion display (in this example, a yellow color A screen with a character string "setting change complete" placed in the center of the background image) is displayed.

<Setting Change with Certain Error Remaining (Modified Example 2)/Releasing Certain Operation of Setting Key>
The state shown in FIG. 30(i) is a state in which a certain operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after an operation to turn the setting key from on to off is performed) and the setting change mode is terminated.

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off with a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first ), after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127, the hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and the hopper error by the liquid crystal display device 157 display) is started, if a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from on to off) is performed, the setting value can be changed. transition and transition to an error state for an error associated with the completion of the setting change.

In the state shown in FIG. 30(i), the hopper error (certain error) remains and the setting change mode (state in which the set value can be changed) is completed, so the state shifts to the error state and the dispensing The hopper error notification by the number display 127 and the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190 are started, and an error display (this In the example, the display of the character string "Hopper error. Please call the staff.") is displayed.

According to this example, since the transition to the error state occurs after the change of the setting value is completed, there is no chance of forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error is surely eliminated before the game is started. can do.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Resolving connection abnormality>
The state shown in FIG. 30(j) is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is satisfied), while the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127 is continued, the hopper by the segment f of the main board display 190 End error notification.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Reset button operation>
In the state shown in FIG. 30(k), the reset button is operated to eliminate a hopper error (certain error) (the first operation satisfies the second condition), and the hopper error occurred before the power was turned on. (some error) is resolved.

In this state, the reset button is operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition is satisfied), and since the hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127 is started. finish.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 announce the opening (flashes in red), and the speakers 272 and 277 make the opening announcement sound ( While ending the output of the voice "the door is open") and the door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (the red lighting of the segment e), the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 Lighting and display of the normal screen by the liquid crystal display device 157 are continued, and the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 or pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display 127, the accumulated number display 125). , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277), and a plurality of and a setting means capable of setting one of the setting values of the setting value, wherein the notification means provides a first notification ( For example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) can be started, and the power supply is turned off in the state where the certain error is occurring. There is a case where the certain error has not been resolved when the is turned on (hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the power is cut off in the state where no error has occurred, and a certain operation with the setting key ( For example, when the power is turned on in a state in which an operation from off to on has been performed, a state in which the setting value can be changed (for example, a setting change mode) occurs, and no error has occurred. When the certain operation is performed after the power is turned off and the power is turned on, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the power is turned on. When the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the setting value can be changed, and the first case In, after the power is turned on, the sound output means produces a certain sound (for example, an open notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state (for example, "the door is open") , an error sound indicating an error state (for example, a voice such as "Hopper error") or a power-on sound indicating that the power is turned on (for example, a voice such as "The power has been turned on") , a setting change notification sound indicating that the setting is being changed (for example, a voice such as "setting is being changed"), or a setting confirmation sound indicating that the setting is being checked (for example, "setting confirmation Before starting to output a warning sound indicating that initial settings are being made or preparations are being made (for example, voices such as Also when an operation is performed (for example, when the setting key is turned on from off as shown in FIG. 29(c)), the setting value can be changed. It's a playground.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, if the power is cut off with an error occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power is turned on, the power is turned on and before the sound output means starts outputting a certain sound, even if a certain operation is performed with the setting key, the setting value can be changed, so that the power is turned on. The setting value can be changed even afterward, and the convenience of the store clerk or the like can be improved.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value is set to a changeable state. In this case, the setting value may not be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be confirmed.

With such a configuration, since the set value cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be reliably confirmed before the game is started. can.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Further, in the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value can be changed, and the error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. can be anything.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Further, the certain sound may be a sound first output from the sound output means after the power is turned on.

With such a configuration, by performing a certain operation before a certain sound is first output, it is possible to shift to a state in which the setting value can be changed. This can be grasped in advance, and the convenience of game store clerks and the like can be improved.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, effect button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.) and display means capable of displaying at least the first display and the second display (for example , liquid crystal display device 157) and setting means capable of setting one setting value among a plurality of setting values, wherein the notification means detects at least a certain error (for example, a hopper error ) related to (for example, hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127, hopper error notification by segment f of main board indicator 190), and when a certain error occurs There is a case where the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on after the power is turned off in the state where the However, when the power is turned on in a state in which a certain operation (for example, turning on from off) has been performed using a setting key, the state in which the setting value can be changed (for example, setting change mode) is entered. , when the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the state in which the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode) is entered, and the In the first case, the set value can be changed when the certain operation is performed during at least part of the period after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. state, and the first display is a display that starts to be displayed in relation to the power being turned on (for example, the power-on display indicating that the power is turned on, shown in FIG. 29(b)). and the second display is a display displayed as part of the first notification (for example, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred, shown in FIG. 30(i)), In the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first display is switched to the second display (for example, in FIG. 29(c) (when an operation is performed to turn the setting key from OFF to ON), the setting value can be changed.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, if the power is cut off with an error occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power is turned on, Before switching from the first display (the display started in connection with the power being turned on) to the second display (the display displayed as part of the first notification), a certain When the operation is performed, the setting value is changed to a changeable state, so that the setting value can be changed even after the power is turned on.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value is set to a changeable state. In this case, the setting value may not be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be confirmed.

With such a configuration, since the set value cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be reliably confirmed before the game is started. can.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Further, in the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value can be changed, and the error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. can be anything.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Also, the second display may be a display including a display capable of specifying the type of the certain error.

With such a configuration, errors can be dealt with quickly, and convenience can be improved.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135, etc.), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (for example, hopper error) (for example, hopper error notification by payout number display 127, main board display 190 Hopper error notification by segment f)), and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is cut off with the error occurring ( hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned off in a state where a certain operation (for example, an operation to turn it on from off) is performed using a setting key. is turned on, the set value can be changed (for example, setting change mode), the power is cut off in a state where no error has occurred, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. When the setting value is confirmed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. When the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period, the setting value can be changed, and an error state related to the certain error related to the completion of the setting value change is entered. , is a game machine characterized by:

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, since the error state is entered after the change of the setting value is completed, the user does not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error can be reliably eliminated before the game is started. .

Moreover, the fact that the change of the setting value is completed may mean that the setting value is changed and the certain operation is completed.

With such a configuration, the error can be reliably eliminated after a certain operation with the setting key is completed.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value is set to a changeable state. Also, the state in which the set value can be checked may not be attained, and the error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the state in which the set value can be checked may be obtained.

With such a configuration, since the set value cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be reliably confirmed before the game is started. can.

In the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is being performed, the setting value can be changed, and the error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. It can be anything.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135, etc.), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (for example, hopper error) (for example, hopper error notification by payout number display 127, main board display 190 Hopper error notification by segment f)), and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is cut off with the error occurring ( hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned off in a state where a certain operation (for example, an operation to turn it on from off) is performed using a setting key. is turned on, the set value can be changed (for example, setting change mode), the power is cut off in a state where no error has occurred, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. When the setting value is confirmed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. (hereinafter referred to as "the second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and the setting transitioned to the second case A gaming machine characterized in that when the power is turned off without completing the change of the set value in a state in which the value can be changed, and the power is turned on again, the set value can be changed. is.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, if the power is cut off with an error occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), the change of the setting value is not completed. When the power is turned off and the power is turned on again, the setting value can be changed. etc. can be prevented.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value is set to a changeable state. In this case, the setting value may not be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be confirmed.

With such a configuration, since the set value cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be reliably confirmed before the game is started. can.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Further, in the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value can be changed, and the error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. can be anything.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

<Changing Settings in a Remaining State of a Certain Error (Modification 3)>
Next, a setting change (modified example 3) in a state where a certain error remains will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 and 32. FIG.

FIGS. 31(a) to 32(j) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 3) in a state where a certain error remains. This example is an example in which an error can be resolved during a setting change while a certain error remains, and the error may be resolved without notifying the error.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (modification 3)/before power-on (error remains)>
The state shown in FIG. 31(a) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 3)/turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 31(b) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by a store clerk or the like, and the power is turned on by operating the power switch arranged inside the main body 101 .

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. conduct.

In the same state, since the slot machine 100 is powered on, a power-on display (first display) indicating that the power is turned on is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Power has been inserted") is displayed, and the stored number indicator 125 is turned on since the restoration process such as the initial setting is completed.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 3)/setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 31(c) is a state in which an operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON has been performed before notification of a hopper error (certain error).

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off in a state where a certain error (hopper error in this example) is occurring, and when the power is turned on, the error is not resolved (first case ), after the power is turned on, the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127, the hopper error by the main board indicator 190 If a certain operation (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) is performed during at least a part of the period before the notification, hopper error display by the liquid crystal display device 157) is started, the set value is It is configured to transition to a changeable state (setting change mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 31(c), since the setting key is turned on from off before the hopper error notification is started, the setting change mode is entered.

According to this example, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 3)/moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 31(d) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In this example, in the state shown in FIG. 31(c), since the setting key is turned on from off, the setting change mode is entered, and the setting value is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. A setting changing display (in this example, a display including a character string “setting changing”) indicating that the setting is changeable is displayed.

<Setting change in a certain error residual state (Modification 3)/Setting value change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 31(e) is a state in which the set value is being changed by the setting switch.

In this state, while the set value is displayed on the payout number display 127, each time the operation means (setting switch) is pressed once, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are incremented by 1. In this example, the setting value is changed from setting 1 to setting 3.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Resolving connection abnormality and error>
The state shown in FIG. 31(f) is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied) during the setting change, and the state shown in FIG. A setting switch (which also serves as a reset button) is operated to resolve a certain error) (the first operation satisfies the second condition), and the hopper error that occurred before the power was turned on (a certain error) is resolved. It is in a state of

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off with a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first In the case of ), when an error is resolved in a state where the setting value can be changed (setting change mode in this example), when the operation means (setting switch in this example) is operated, the or It is configured such that the setting value is changed as well as the error that occurs is eliminated.

In the state shown in FIG. 32(g), since the setting switch is being operated in the setting change mode, the hopper error (certain error) is eliminated and the setting value changes from setting 3 to setting 4. ing.

According to this embodiment, since a certain error can be eliminated and the setting value can be changed by the same operation means, the user does not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting. It is possible to enhance the convenience of store clerks and the like.

<Setting Change with Certain Error Remaining (Modification 3)/Completion of Setting Change>
In the state shown in FIG. 32(h), after the setting value is determined and the setting change is completed, a certain operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is turned off after the setting key is turned off). removed) and the setting change mode is terminated.

In this state, since the pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is accepted, the setting value is confirmed to the setting 4, and the setting change mode is completed, so the setting by the stored number display 125 When the value display ends, a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 instead of the display during setting change.

In this example, since the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved in the state shown in FIG. It shifts to a state where normal games can be played.

According to this example, when a certain error is resolved in the setting change mode, the normal game is started immediately after the end of the setting change mode in order to shift to a state in which the normal game is possible without notifying the error. be able to.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 32(i) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved, and FIG. 32(j) is a state in which a normal game has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 32(i), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the opening notification (flashing red) by the effect button 192, and the main board display 190 While ending the door open error notification (segment e lighting in red), the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue lighting and the normal screen display by the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode, and the demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

In the state shown in FIG. 32(j), since medals have been inserted, the normal screen is displayed instead of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and the normal game is started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 or pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display 127, the accumulated number display 125). , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, effect button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and one of a plurality of set values can be set. and a setting means, wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (e.g., hopper error) (e.g., hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127, main Hopper error notification by the segment f of the substrate display 190) can be started, and the error is resolved when the power is turned on after the power is turned off while the error is occurring. There is a case (hereinafter referred to as "the first case") where the power is cut off without an error occurring, and a certain operation (for example, turning from off to on) is performed with a setting key. When the power is turned on in this state, the setting value can be changed (for example, a setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned on. is performed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the first notification is made after the power is turned on. When the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the start (hereinafter referred to as "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and in the second case A game characterized in that the certain error can be resolved in the state in which the set value can be changed (for example, in the state shown in FIG. 32(g), the hopper error can be resolved in the setting change mode). It is a table.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, since a certain error can be resolved in a state in which the setting value can be changed, a certain error can be resolved during the work of changing the setting, and the convenience of the store clerk or the like can be improved.

Further, when the certain error is resolved in the state in which the set value can be changed after shifting to the second case, the normal game becomes possible without the first notification being performed. may

With such a configuration, the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends.

Further, an operation means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operation means is means for changing the setting value when operated in a state in which the setting value can be changed, and the operation means is a means for changing the setting value. means operated when an error is resolved, and when the error is resolved in the state in which the set value shifted to the second case can be changed, when the operation means is operated, the or The set value may be changed as the error is eliminated.

With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate a certain error and change the setting value by operating the same operation means. It is possible to enhance the convenience of store clerks and the like.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value is set to a changeable state. In this case, the setting value may not be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be confirmed.

With such a configuration, since the set value cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be reliably confirmed before the game is started. can.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Further, in the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value can be changed, and the error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. can be anything.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135, etc.), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (for example, hopper error) (for example, hopper error notification by payout number display 127, main board display 190 Hopper error notification by segment f)), and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is cut off with the error occurring ( hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned off in a state where a certain operation (for example, an operation to turn it on from off) is performed using a setting key. is turned on, the set value can be changed (for example, setting change mode), the power is cut off in a state where no error has occurred, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. When the setting value is confirmed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. (hereinafter referred to as "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and the first notification by the notification means is performed 32(g), the hopper error is resolved without notifying the hopper error, as shown in FIG. Case) is a game machine characterized in that there is.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, since a certain error may be resolved without the first notification being made, there is no need to deal with the certain error, and the burden on game parlor staff and the like can be reduced.

Further, the third case is a case where the certain error is resolved in the state where the setting value can be changed in the first case.
With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate certain errors in the work of changing the settings, and to improve the convenience of game store clerks and the like.

Further, an operation means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operation means is means for changing the setting value when operated in a state in which the setting value can be changed, and the operation means is a means for changing the setting value. means operated when an error is resolved, and when the error is resolved in the state where the setting value can be changed in the second case, when the operation means is operated, the error is resolved. is eliminated, the set value may be changed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate a certain error and change the setting value by operating the same operation means. It is possible to enhance the convenience of store clerks and the like.

Also, the first notification may be a display displayed on liquid crystal display means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157).

With such a configuration, a certain error may be resolved without the liquid crystal display means performing the first notification. does not give unnecessary anxiety or burden to

<Changing Settings in a Remaining State of a Certain Error (Modification 4)>
Next, a setting change (modification 4) in a state where a certain error remains will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 and 34. FIG.

FIGS. 33(a) to 34(k) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modification 4) in a certain error remaining state. This example is an example in which an error cannot be resolved during a setting change with a certain error remaining.

Since FIGS. 33(a) to 33(f) are the same as the states explained using FIGS. The drawing will be described.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 4)/Resolving connection abnormality and error>
The state shown in FIG. 34(g) is a state in which the setting switch is operated to change the set value.

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off with a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first In the case of ), when an error is resolved in a state where the setting value can be changed (setting change mode in this example), when the operation means (setting switch in this example) is operated, the or It is configured such that the setting value is changed without eliminating the error that occurs.

In the state shown in FIG. 34(g), since the setting switch is operated in the setting change mode, the hopper error (some error) is not resolved, but the setting value changes from setting 3 to setting 4. there is

According to this example, since it is possible to individually execute the operation of changing the setting value and the operation of resolving the error, it is possible to reliably execute the work of changing the setting value and the handling of the error, respectively. It is possible to improve the reliability of the work of a store clerk or the like.

<Setting Change with Certain Error Remaining (Modification 4)/Setting Change Completed>
The state shown in FIG. 34(h) is a state in which a certain operation with the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after an operation to turn the setting key from on to off is performed) and the setting change mode is terminated.

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off with a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first ), when the power is turned on while a setting key operation (in this example, turning the setting key from ON to OFF) is performed, the setting value can be changed (this example is configured to shift to a setting change mode) and shift to an error state after the setting change operation is completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 34(h), the hopper error (certain error) remains and the setting change mode (state in which the set value can be changed) is completed. The hopper error notification by the number display 127 and the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190 are started, and an error display (this In the example, the display of the character string "Hopper error. Please call the staff.") is displayed.

According to this example, since the transition to the error state occurs after the change of the setting value is completed, there is no chance of forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error is surely eliminated before the game is started. can do.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (modification 4)/error resolution>
In the state shown in FIG. 34(i), the setting switch (which also serves as a reset button) is operated (the second condition is satisfied) in a state not in the setting change mode, and the hopper error (certain error) is resolved. , the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127 is terminated.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 4)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 34(j) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved, and FIG. 34(k) is a state in which a normal game has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 34 (j), since the opening and closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification by the effect button 192 (red flashing), and the main board display 190 While ending the door open error notification (segment e lighting in red), the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue lighting and the normal screen display by the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode, and the demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

In the state shown in FIG. 34(k), since medals have been inserted, the normal screen is displayed instead of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and the normal game is started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 or pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display 127, the accumulated number display 125). , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, effect button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and one of a plurality of set values can be set. and a setting means, wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (e.g., hopper error) (e.g., hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127, main Hopper error notification by the segment f of the substrate display 190) can be started, and the error is resolved when the power is turned on after the power is turned off while the error is occurring. There is a case (hereinafter referred to as "the first case") where the power is cut off without an error occurring, and a certain operation (for example, turning from off to on) is performed with a setting key. When the power is turned on in this state, the setting value can be changed (for example, a setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned on. is performed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the first notification is made after the power is turned on. When the certain operation is performed for at least a part of the period before the start (hereinafter referred to as "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and in the second case The gaming machine is characterized in that the certain error cannot be eliminated in a state in which the shifted set values can be changed.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, since an error cannot be resolved in a state where the setting value can be changed, the operation of changing the setting value and the operation of resolving the error can be executed separately, so the work of changing the setting value and the error can be prevented. , respectively, can be reliably executed, and the reliability of the work of the game store clerk or the like can be enhanced.

Further, an operation means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operation means is means for changing the setting value when operated in a state in which the setting value can be changed, and the operation means is a means for changing the setting value. means operated when an error is resolved, and when the error is resolved in the state where the setting value can be changed in the second case, when the operation means is operated, the error is resolved. The set value may be changed without resolving the problem.

With such a configuration, the operation of changing the setting value and the operation of resolving the error can be executed separately, so that the operation of changing the setting value and the error handling can be reliably executed, respectively. It is possible to improve the reliability of the work of game store clerks and the like.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value is set to a changeable state. In this case, the setting value may not be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be confirmed.

With such a configuration, since the set value cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the set value can be reliably confirmed before the game is started. can.

Further, in the first case, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

Further, in the first case, when the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value can be changed, and the error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. can be anything.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably eliminate the error before starting the game without forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting.

<Setting change in a certain error residual state (modification 5)>
Next, a setting change (modification 5) in a state where a certain error remains will be described.

FIGS. 35(a) to 36(j) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modification 5) in a certain error residual state. This example is an example in which an error is resolved without an error notification before the setting change is made while the error remains, and after the setting change is completed, a game can be played. .

<Change in settings while a certain error remains (modification 5)/Before power-on (error remains)>
The state shown in FIG. 35(a) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 5)/turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 35(b) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by an amusement store clerk or the like and the power is turned on.

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. conduct.

In the same state, since the slot machine 100 is powered on, a power-on display (first display) indicating that the power is turned on is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Power has been inserted") is displayed.

<Setting change in a certain error residual state (modification 5) / setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 35(c) is a state in which an operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON has been performed before notification of a hopper error (certain error).

In this state, a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key off from on) was performed, but in the state before shifting to the setting change mode (a state in which the setting value can be changed) Therefore, the power-on display is continued in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 . In this state, a hopper error (a certain error) remains, but the hopper error notification is not performed.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Resolving connection abnormality and error>
The state shown in FIG. 35(d) is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied) during the setting change, and the state shown in FIG. 35(e) is a hopper error ( In this state, the reset button is operated to resolve an error (certain error) (the first operation satisfies the second condition), and the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on has been resolved.

The state shown in FIG. 35(d) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) remains, but the hopper error notification is not performed, and the state shifts to the setting change mode (state in which setting values can be changed). Since this is the state before the power-on display, the power-on display is continued in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

In addition, since the same state is a state in which the front door 102 is open, an open notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open") indicating that the door is open is emitted. Output from speakers 272 and 277 .

The state shown in FIG. 35(e) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved, so the hopper error notification is not performed, but the state shifts to the setting change mode (state in which setting values can be changed). Since it is in the previous state, the power-on display is continued in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

<Setting change in a state where a certain error remains (Modification 5)/moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 35(f) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In this example, in the state shown in FIG. 35(c), since the setting key is turned on from off, the setting change mode is entered, and the setting value is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. A setting changing display (in this example, a display including a character string “setting changing”) indicating that the setting is changeable is displayed.

<Setting Change in a Certain Error Remaining State (Modification 5)/Setting Value Change Operation>
The state shown in FIG. 36(g) is a state in which the set value is being changed by the setting switch.

In this state, while the set value is displayed on the payout number display 127, each time the operation means (setting switch) is pressed once, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are incremented by 1. and change the setting value to setting 6 in this example.

<Setting Change with Certain Error Remaining (Modification 5)/Setting Change Completed>
In the state shown in FIG. 36(h), after the setting value is determined and the setting change is completed, an operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is turned off after the setting key is turned off). removed) and the setting change mode is terminated.

In the same state, since the pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is accepted, the setting value is confirmed to the setting 6, and the setting change mode is completed, so the setting by the stored number display 125 When the value display ends, a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 instead of the display during setting change.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open, when the setting change is completed, the opening notification sound (in this example, "the door is open") is repeatedly output. output (restart) from the beginning. It should be noted that, with the completion of the setting change as a trigger, the setting change in-progress notification output during the setting change (for example, a voice saying "The setting is being changed") may be switched to the open notification sound.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number indicator 127, the hopper error notification by the main board indicator 190, the liquid crystal display device 157 If a certain operation (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from ON to OFF) is performed with the setting key during at least a part of the period before the hopper error display by) is started (second case) , when an error (hopper error in this example) is resolved (third case) before transitioning to a state where the setting value can be changed (setting change mode in this example), then transition to After completing the change of the set value in the state where the set value can be changed, the state may shift to the state where the game can be played.

In this example, as described with reference to FIG. 35(e), the hopper error (certain error) is resolved in the state before shifting to the setting change mode. Without transitioning to the state and error notification is not performed, as will be described with reference to FIGS.

According to this example, if an error is resolved before the setting value transitions to the changeable state, after completing the change of the setting value in the setting value changeable state after that, Therefore, the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 36(i) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved, and FIG. 36(j) is a state in which a normal game has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 36 (i), since the closing of the front door 102 is detected by the open/close sensor, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification by the effect button 192 (red flashing), and the main board display 190 While ending the door open error notification (segment e lighting in red), the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue lighting and the normal screen display by the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode, and the demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

In the state shown in FIG. 36(j), since medals have been inserted, the normal screen is displayed instead of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and the normal game is started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 or pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display 127, the accumulated number display 125). , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, effect button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and one of a plurality of set values can be set. and a setting means, wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (e.g., hopper error) (e.g., hopper error notification by payout number indicator 127, main Hopper error notification by the segment f of the substrate display 190) can be started, and the error is resolved when the power is turned on after the power is turned off while the error is occurring. There is a case (hereinafter referred to as "the first case") where the power is cut off without an error occurring, and a certain operation (for example, turning from off to on) is performed with a setting key. When the power is turned on in this state, the setting value can be changed (for example, a setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned on. is performed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the first notification is made after the power is turned on. When the certain operation is performed in at least a part of the period before the start, the setting value is changed to a changeable state, and in the second case, the setting value is changed to a changeable state. (hereinafter referred to as "third case"; for example, when the hopper error is resolved before shifting to the setting change mode shown in FIG. 35(e)) , and after completing the change of the set value in the state in which the set value to be shifted to after that is changeable, there is a case where the state is changed to a state in which a game can be played.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. Further, if a certain error is resolved before the setting value is changed to a changeable state, the game is restarted after the change of the setting value is completed in the state where the setting value is changeable. In some cases, the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends.

In addition, in the third case, the notification means may start a second notification in relation to the completion of the change of the setting value (when the change of the setting value is completed), The second notification is a notification that the door is open (for example, an open notification sound (for example, a voice saying "the door is open"), an upper lamp 142, a side lamp 144, and a production button 192. It may be an open notification (for example, red flashing), or a door opening error notification by the main board display 190 (for example, red lighting of segment e)).

With such a configuration, it is possible to grasp that a certain error has been resolved, and the convenience of the store clerk or the like can be enhanced.

Further, in the third case, there may be a case where the game is allowed to be played without the first notification being made.

With such a configuration, it is possible to grasp that a certain error has been resolved, and the convenience of the store clerk or the like can be enhanced.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135, etc.), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (for example, hopper error) (for example, hopper error notification by payout number display 127, main board display 190 Hopper error notification by segment f)), and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is cut off with the error occurring ( hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned off in a state where a certain operation (for example, an operation to turn it on from off) is performed using a setting key. is turned on, the set value can be changed (for example, setting change mode), the power is cut off in a state where no error has occurred, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. When the setting value is confirmed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. (hereinafter referred to as "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and the first notification by the notification means is performed The case where the certain error is resolved without being notified (hereinafter referred to as the "third case"; for example, the case where the hopper error is resolved without the hopper error notification being performed, as shown in FIG. 35(e)) and in the third case, the gaming machine may transition to a state where a game can be played after completing the change of the set value in the state where the set value can be changed. .

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, since a certain error may be resolved without the first notification being made, there is no need to deal with the certain error. If the error is resolved, the setting change mode may be changed after completing the change of the setting value in the changeable state, and then the game may be changed. After the end, the normal game can be started immediately.

Further, the third case may be a case where the certain error is resolved in the state in which the setting value can be changed in the first case.

With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate certain errors in the work of changing the settings, and to improve the convenience of game store clerks and the like.

Further, an operation means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operation means is means for changing the setting value when operated in a state in which the setting value can be changed, and the operation means is a means for changing the setting value. means operated when an error is resolved, and when the error is resolved in a state where the setting value can be changed in the second case, when the operation means is operated, the error is resolved. is eliminated, the set value may be changed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate a certain error and change the setting value by operating the same operation means. It is possible to enhance the convenience of store clerks and the like.

Also, the first notification may be a display displayed on liquid crystal display means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157).

With such a configuration, a certain error may be resolved without the liquid crystal display means performing the first notification. does not give unnecessary anxiety or burden to

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135, etc.), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein the notification means is a first notification related to at least a certain error (for example, hopper error) (for example, hopper error notification by payout number display 127, main board display 190 Hopper error notification by segment f)), and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is cut off with the error occurring ( hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned off in a state where a certain operation (for example, an operation to turn it on from off) is performed using a setting key. is turned on, the set value can be changed (for example, setting change mode), the power is cut off in a state where no error has occurred, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. When the setting value is confirmed, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. the setting value is changed to a changeable state when the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period of, and the setting value is changed in the setting value changeable state in the second case is completed, an error state related to the certain error occurs, and in the second case, the certain error is resolved before the setting value can be changed (hereinafter referred to as "the third For example, when the hopper error is resolved before shifting to the setting change mode, as shown in FIG. In the second case, the certain error cannot be eliminated in the state where the setting value can be changed. good.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, if an error is resolved before shifting to a state where the setting value can be changed, after completing the change of the setting value in the state where the setting value can be changed after that, the game is restarted. Since there may be a transition to a possible state, the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends. In addition, since an error cannot be resolved in a state where the setting value can be changed, the operation of changing the setting value and the operation of resolving the error can be executed separately, so the work of changing the setting value and the error can be prevented. , respectively, can be reliably executed, and the reliability of the work of the game store clerk or the like can be enhanced.

In addition, in the third case, the notification means may start a second notification in relation to the completion of the change of the set value, and the second notification is when the door is opened. It may be notification of the status.

With such a configuration, it is possible to recognize that a certain error has been resolved and that the door is in an open state, thereby enhancing the convenience of the store clerk or the like.

Further, in the third case, there may be a case where the game becomes possible without the first notification.

With such a configuration, there is no need to deal with a certain error, and the burden on game store clerks and the like can be reduced.

Further, in the second case, if the certain error is not resolved before the setting value can be changed, the error state occurs after the setting value is changed. One notification may be started.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error remains, and to take measures against the certain error.

<Setting change in a certain error remaining state (modification 6)>
Next, a setting change (modification 6) in a certain error residual state will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. FIG.

FIGS. 37(a) to 38(k) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modification 6) in a state where a certain error remains. This example is an example in which the second error notification may be executed during a setting change with a certain error remaining.

<Setting Change in Remaining Error State (Modification 6)/Before Power-On (Remaining Error)>
The state shown in FIG. 37(a) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the notification by the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), the notification by the light emission means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), None of the notification by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278) is performed.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 6)/turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 37(b) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by a store clerk or the like and the power is turned on.

In this state, the power is supplied to the slot machine 100, and the open/close sensor detects the opening of the front door 102, so that the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are flashed in red, so that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification), and by lighting the segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in an open state is provided. conduct.

In the same state, since the slot machine 100 is powered on, a power-on display (first display) indicating that the power is turned on is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Power has been inserted") is displayed, and the stored number indicator 125 is turned on because the restoration process such as the initial setting is completed.

<Setting Change in a Certain Error Remaining State (Modification 6)/Setting Key Operation>
The state shown in FIG. 37(c) is a state in which an operation of turning the setting key from off to on has been performed before the notification of the hopper error (certain error).

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off in a state where a certain error (hopper error in this example) is occurring, and when the power is turned on, the error is not resolved (first case ), after the power is turned on, at least a part of the If an operation (in this example, turning the setting key from off to on) is performed during the period of , the setting value can be changed (in this example, setting change mode). ing.

In the state shown in FIG. 37(c), since the setting key is turned on before the liquid crystal display device 157 starts notifying the hopper error, the setting change mode is entered.

According to this example, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on.

Further, in the slot machine 100 of this example, a first notification (in this example, hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) indicating that a certain error (in this example, hopper error) has occurred is started. When a certain operation (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) is performed during at least a part of the period before the setting value is changed (second case), the state where the set value can be changed (this example In the setting change mode), a second notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (in this example, a hopper error notification by the storage number display 125 and a hopper error by the segment f of the main board display 190 notification) may be executed.

In the state shown in FIG. 37(c), a hopper error notification (second notification means) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is indicated by lighting the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means) in red. ), and an error code ("E4" in this example) is displayed using the stored number display 125 (second notification means) to indicate that a hopper error has occurred ( second notification).

According to this example, when a certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred is started (second case) Since the second notification may be executed in a state in which the value can be changed, it is possible to grasp that an error has occurred even in a state in which the setting value can be changed. convenience can be enhanced.

In this example, as the first notification, an example of performing the hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157 was shown, but the "first notification" according to the present invention is not limited to this example, and other notification Notification by means may be used.

In addition, in this example, as the second notification, an example of performing hopper error notification by the storage number indicator 125 and hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board indicator 190 was shown. "Notification" is not limited to this example, and may be notification by other notification means. In addition, the number of "second notifications" is not limited to two, and may be one of them. In addition to these notifications, a second notification using another notification means is performed. may

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (modification 6)/moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 37(d) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In this example, in the state shown in FIG. 37(c), since the setting key is turned on from off, the setting change mode is entered, and the setting value is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. A setting changing display (in this example, a display including a character string “setting changing”) indicating that the setting is changeable is displayed.

In addition, in the same state, since the hopper error is not resolved, the hopper error notification (second notification) by the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means) and the stored number display 125 (second The hopper error notification (second notification) by the second notification means) is continued.

<Setting Change in a Certain Error Remaining State (Modification 6)/Setting Value Change Operation>
The state shown in FIG. 37(e) is a state in which the set value is being changed by the setting switch.

In this state, while the set value is displayed on the payout number display 127, each time the operation means (setting switch) is pressed once, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are incremented by 1. and change the setting value to setting 6 in this example.

In addition, in the same state, since the hopper error is not resolved, the hopper error notification (second notification) by the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means) and the stored number display 125 (second The hopper error notification (second notification) by the second notification means) is continued.

<Setting Change in a Remaining Error State (Modification 6)/Completion of Setting Change>
The state shown in FIG. 37(f) is the state after the set value is confirmed and the setting change is completed, and before a certain operation by the setting key is released (before the setting key is pulled out).

In the same state, since the pressing operation by the operation means (in this example, the start lever 135) is accepted, the setting value is confirmed to the setting 6, and the setting change mode is completed, so the setting by the stored number display 125 When the display of the value is finished, the setting changing display is finished in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and a setting change completion display (in this example, a yellow color A screen with a character string "setting change complete" placed in the center of the background image) is displayed.

In addition, in the same state, since the hopper error is not resolved, the hopper error notification (second notification) by the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means) and the stored number display 125 (second The hopper error notification (second notification) by the second notification means) is continued.

<Setting Change with Certain Error Remaining (Modification 6)/Cancellation of Certain Operation of Setting Key>
The state shown in FIG. 38(g) is a state in which a certain operation with the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after an operation to turn the setting key from on to off is performed), and the setting change mode is terminated.

The slot machine 100 of this example is powered off with a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurring, and if the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first In the case of ), after the power is turned on and before the first notification (in this example, error notification) is started, at least a part of the period is an operation by the setting key (in this example, setting When the key is turned off from on to off), the setting value can be changed, and an error state related to the completion of the change of the setting value is transferred to an error state. is configured to

In the state shown in FIG. 38(g), the hopper error (certain error) remains and the setting change mode (state in which the set value can be changed) is completed, so the state shifts to the error state. In this error state, in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (first notification means), an error display (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred. Display of the character string "Please call me"), hopper error notification (second notification) by segment f of main board display 190 (second notification means), storage number display 125 (second The hopper error notification (second notification) by the notification means) is continued.

According to this example, since the transition to the error state occurs after the change of the setting value is completed, there is no chance of forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error is surely eliminated before the game is started. can do.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 6)/Resolving connection error>
The state shown in FIG. 38(h) is a state in which the hopper error connection abnormality is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

In the same state, the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been met), but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the liquid crystal display device 157 (first reporting means) notifies the hopper error. (first notification), hopper error notification (second notification) by segment f of main board display 190 (second notification means), and hopper error by storage number display 125 (second notification means) Continue the notification (second notification).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 6)/Reset button operation>
In the state shown in FIG. 38(i), the reset button is operated to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) (the first operation satisfies the second condition), and the hopper error that occurred before the power was turned on. (some error) is resolved.

In the same state, the reset button is operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition is satisfied), and the hopper error (certain error) is eliminated, so the liquid crystal display device 157 (first notification means ) by the hopper error notification (first notification), the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means) (second notification), and the stored number display 125 (second notification means) ends the hopper error notification (second notification).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 6)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 38(j) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like after the hopper error is resolved, and FIG. 38(k) is a state in which a normal game has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 38 (j), since the opening and closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the opening notification by the production button 192 (red flashing), and the main board display 190 While ending the door open error notification (segment e lighting in red), the stored number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue lighting and the normal screen display by the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the effect button 192 are lit in the effect mode, and the demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 .

In the state shown in FIG. 38(k), since medals have been inserted, the normal screen is displayed instead of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and the normal game is started.

As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 or pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display 127, the accumulated number display 125). , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, effect button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and one of a plurality of set values can be set. setting means, wherein the notification means initiates a first notification (e.g., hopper error notification by liquid crystal display device 157) related to at least some error (e.g., hopper error) It is a possible means, and the notification means at least provides a second notification related to the certain error (for example, hopper error notification by the stored number display 125, hopper error notification by the segment f of the main substrate display 190) If the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is turned off with the error occurring (hereinafter referred to as "first case"). ), the power is turned off without an error, and the power is turned on while a setting key operation (for example, switching from off to on) is performed. When the power is turned off in a state where the setting value can be changed (for example, setting change mode) and no error occurs, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the setting value is changed. can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, during at least a part of the period after the power is turned on and before the first notification is performed, the setting value can be changed, and in the second case, the second notification may be executed in the state in which the setting value can be changed. It is a game table that features.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, when a certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred is started (second case), the changed setting value can be changed. Since the second notification may be executed in such a state, it is possible to grasp that an error has occurred even in a state where the setting value can be changed. can be enhanced.

Further, in the second case, only the second notification of the first notification and the second notification may be executed in a state in which the set value can be changed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to grasp that an error has occurred by the second notification in a state where the setting value is not changed, and at the same time, excessive error notification can prevent the work of changing the setting. can be prevented, and the convenience of game store clerks and the like can be enhanced.

Further, in the second case, in the state where the setting value can be changed, an error state related to the certain error occurs after the change of the setting value is completed, and in the error state, the first notification and the second notification are performed. may be executed.

With such a configuration, since the transition to the error state is made after the change of the setting value is completed, there is no chance of forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error is surely detected before the game is started. can be resolved to

Further, in the second case, in the state in which the set value can be changed, when the certain error is resolved, the game may be enabled without the first notification being made. .

With such a configuration, there is no need to deal with a certain error, and the burden on game store clerks and the like can be reduced.

Further, in the second case, the certain error may not be eliminated while the setting value is changeable.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to the work of changing the settings rather than to deal with a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency of the store clerk or the like.

In addition, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 and the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 1) includes notifying means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157, the payout number display device 127, the accumulated number display device 125, the speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137-139, start lever 135, etc.), and setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein the notification means is means capable of initiating a first notification (e.g., hopper error notification by liquid crystal display device 157) related to at least some error (e.g., hopper error) The notification means is means capable of starting at least a second notification related to the certain error (for example, a hopper error notification by the stored number display 125, a hopper error notification by the segment f of the main substrate display 190). , and there is a case where the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is turned off while the error is occurring (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"). , when the power is turned off in a state where no error has occurred, and the power is turned on while a certain operation (for example, an operation from off to on) is performed using a setting key, the set value is changed. The setting value can be confirmed when the power is turned off in a state where the power is turned on (for example, a setting change mode), the power is turned off, and the power is turned on. state (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. In the second case, the setting value may be changed to a state in which the setting value can be changed, and the second notification may be executed in the state in which the setting value can be changed in the second case. The game machine is characterized in that the notification and the second notification are different notifications.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the setting value even after the power is turned on, so that the convenience of the store clerk or the like in the amusement parlor can be improved. In addition, when a certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred is started (second case), the changed setting value can be changed. Since the second notification may be executed in such a state, it is possible to grasp that an error has occurred even in a state where the setting value can be changed. can be enhanced.

Further, in a state in which the setting value can be changed, only the second notification out of the first notification and the second notification is executed, and in a state other than the state in which the setting value can be changed, the Both of the first notification and the second notification may be performed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to grasp that an error has occurred by the second notification in a state where the setting value is not changed, and at the same time, excessive error notification can prevent the work of changing the setting. can be prevented, the convenience of game store clerks and the like can be improved, and the occurrence of an error can be more reliably reported in a state other than the state in which the set value can be changed.

Further, in the second case, in the state where the setting value can be changed, an error state related to the certain error occurs after the change of the setting value is completed, and in the error state, the first notification and the second notification are performed. may be executed.

With such a configuration, since the transition to the error state is made after the change of the setting value is completed, there is no chance of forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error is surely detected before the game is started. can be resolved to

Further, in the second case, in the state in which the set value can be changed, even if the state is changed to a state in which the game can be played without the first notification being performed when the certain error is resolved. good.

With such a configuration, there is no need to deal with a certain error, and the burden on game store clerks and the like can be reduced.

Further, in the second case, the certain error may not be eliminated while the setting value is changeable.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to the work of changing the settings rather than to deal with a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency of the store clerk or the like.

<Error priority and setting change priority>
Next, before explaining error priority and setting change priority, the effect from normal power-on to normal game and the effect from power-on to normal game with setting change will be described.

<Normal power on to normal game>
First, with reference to FIG. 39, the effect from normal power-on to normal game will be described. FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of an effect from normal power-on to normal game in chronological order.

<From normal power on to normal game/before power on>
The state shown in FIG. 39(1) is a state in which no error has occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, accumulated number display device 125, payout number display device 127, etc.) notifies and light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp) 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278). Various notifications and displays, such as door open notification, set value display, and error notification, which will be described later, are not limited to the mode described in this embodiment, and display means, light emitting means, or sound output means One, several, or all may be done. Therefore, for example, the notification and display by the stored number display 125 may be performed by the payout number display 127, or vice versa.

<Normal power on to normal game/open front door, power on without changing settings>
The state shown in FIG. 39(2) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened by a store clerk or the like, and a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) is not performed. The power is turned on with

In this state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100, so the liquid crystal display device 157 issues a power-on notification indicating that power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on"). string display). In the same state, the speakers 272 and 277 may output a power-on notification sound indicating that the power is turned on (for example, a voice saying "The power has been turned on").

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 indicate that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

<Normal power on to normal game/After power on, initial settings etc. completed>
The state shown in FIG. 39(3) is a state in which the initial setting and the like are completed after the power is turned on.

In this example, at the timing shown in FIG. 39(2), the power was turned on while a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) was not performed. , After the power is turned on, the state shifts to a state in which a game can be played without shifting to the setting change mode.

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open, the door opening notification by the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 is continued, and instead of the power-on notification on the liquid crystal display device 157, the door is in the open state. door open notification (in this example, display of a character string "the door is open"), and the payout number indicator 127 displays the door open notification indicating that the door body is open (In this example, the lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR" representing the door open error) is executed, and the door open notification sound indicating that the door is open is emitted from the speakers 272 and 277. (In this example, the voice "the door is open") is repeatedly output.

Also, in this state, since the game is possible, the segment corresponding to the number (42 in this example) indicating the current number of credits is lit on the accumulated number display 125 .

<Normal power on to normal game / front door closed>
The state shown in FIG. 39(4) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like in the door open state shown in FIG. 39(3).

In this state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display device 157 notifies the door opening, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening, the speakers 272 and 277 output the door opening notifying sound, the upper lamp 142, The door opening notification by the side lamp 144 has ended.

In the same state, since the front door 102 is closed while the game is possible, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes a demonstration effect, the speakers 272 and 277 output the demonstration BGM, and the upper lamp 142, At the side lamp 144, a demonstration effect is being executed.

<Normal power on to normal game/normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 39(5) is a state in which a normal game is started after a predetermined number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration effect shown in FIG. 39(4).

In this state, since a specified number (three in this example) of medals has been inserted in a demonstration effect (a state in which a game can be played), a normal game is started, and the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a demonstration effect. When finished, the normal performance is executed, the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 in place of the demonstration performance BGM, and the demonstration performance is terminated and the normal performance is executed in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144.例文帳に追加.

The demonstration effect by the liquid crystal display device 157, the demonstration effect BGM by the speakers 272 and 277, the demonstration effect by the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 are the normal effect by the liquid crystal display device 157, the normal effect BGM by the speakers 272 and 277, respectively. The same presentation mode as the normal presentation by the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 may be used, or a different presentation mode may be used.

<From power-on with setting change to normal game>
Next, with reference to FIG. 40, a description will be given of effects from power-on accompanied by setting changes to a normal game. FIG. 40 is a diagram showing an example of an effect in chronological order from power-on with setting change to normal game.

<From power-on with setting change to normal game / before power-on>
The state shown in FIG. 40(1) is a state in which no error occurs before power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, accumulated number display device 125, payout number display device 127, etc.) notifies and light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp) 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Power on with setting change to normal game/open front door, power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 40(2) is a state in which a store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 and performs a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on). The power is turned on.

In this example, since the power was turned on while a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) was performed, the mode shifts to the setting change mode after the power is turned on. .

In this state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100, so the liquid crystal display device 157 issues a power-on notification indicating that power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on"). string display).

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 indicate that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

<Transition from power-on with setting change to normal game/setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 40(3) is a state in which the setting change mode is entered while no error has occurred.

In the same state, at the timing shown in FIG. 40(2), the power was turned on while a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation to turn the setting key from off to on) was performed. At the same time as shifting to the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes a setting change notification (in this example, displays a character string "setting change in progress") indicating that the setting value can be changed, From the speakers 272 and 277, a setting change in-progress notification sound (in this example, the sound "setting is being changed") indicating that the setting value can be changed is output, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 A setting change in-progress notification (blinking in green in this example) is executed to indicate that the setting value can be changed.

In the same state, since the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, "the door is open"). display of a character string "Masu"), and a door open notification indicating that the door body is open on the payout number display 127 (in this example, "DR" indicating a door open error). lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string).

Furthermore, in this state, since the setting value can be changed, the number (3 in this example) indicating the current setting value (setting 3 in this example) is displayed on the stored number display 125. Light the corresponding segment.

In this setting change mode, while the setting value is displayed on the stored number display 125, each time the reset button (or setting switch) is pressed once, the currently set setting values 1 to 6 are changed. It is possible to change the set value by adding 1 at a time, and when the start lever 135 is pressed down, the set value is determined.

<End of normal game/setting change mode from power-on with setting change>
In the state shown in FIG. 40(4), the setting value is confirmed, the setting change is completed, and a certain operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after the operation of turning the setting key from ON to OFF is performed). ), the setting change mode is completed.

In the same state, since the setting change mode has ended, the liquid crystal display device 157 informs that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output a notification sound that the setting is being changed, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 inform that the setting is being changed, and storage is performed. While the display of the set value by the number display 125 is completed, the segment corresponding to the number (0 in this example) indicating the current credit amount is lit on the stored number display 125 .

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, "the door is open"). ”) is executed, and the payout number indicator 127 displays a door open notification indicating that the door body is in an open state (in this example, the characters “DR” indicating a door open error lighting of the segment corresponding to the column).

Further, in this state, since the setting change mode is finished, a setting change completion notification sound (in this example, "setting change complete") is emitted from the speakers 272 and 277 to indicate that the setting value has been changed. Since the front door 102 is opened after outputting the door open notification sound (in this example, "the door is open") from the speakers 272 and 277, the door open notification sound indicating that the door is open is output. ) is repeatedly output.

<From power-on with setting change to normal game/closure of front door>
The state shown in FIG. 40(5) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display device 157 notifies the door opening, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening, and the speakers 272 and 277 output the door opening notification sound. The door opening notification by the lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 has ended.

In the same state, since the state has shifted to a state where a game can be played, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes a demonstration effect, the speakers 272 and 277 output the demonstration BGM, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 Running a demo.

<From power-on with setting change to normal game/normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 40(6) is a state in which a normal game is started after a specified number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration effect shown in FIG. 40(5).

In this state, since a specified number (three in this example) of medals has been inserted in a demonstration effect (a state in which a game can be played), a normal game is started, and the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a demonstration effect. When finished, the normal performance is executed, the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 in place of the demonstration performance BGM, and the demonstration performance is terminated and the normal performance is executed in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144.例文帳に追加.

<Power-on with setting change in error state>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 41 to 43, description will be given of effects from power-on to a normal game accompanied by setting changes in an error occurrence state. FIGS. 41 to 43 are diagrams showing an example of effects from power-on to a normal game accompanied by setting changes in an error occurrence state.

<Power-on/error occurrence with setting change in error occurrence state>
The state shown in FIG. 41 (1) is a state in which a hopper jam error (hopper error) has occurred during reel rotation in a normal game.

In this example, a hopper error has occurred, but since the normal game is being played, the normal effect is executed (continued) on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the normal effect BGM is output (continued) from the speakers 272 and 277. ), and the normal effect is executed (continued) in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 .

On the other hand, in the same state, since a hopper error has occurred, instead of displaying the number indicating the current number of credits on the stored number display 125, an error notification (in this example, all segments ) is executed, and an error notification (in this example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" representing a hopper error) is performed to notify that an error has occurred in the payout number display 127 Running.

<Power ON/Error Occurrence with Setting Change in Error Occurrence State (Modification)>
The state shown in FIG. 41(1') is a modification of the error occurrence state described with reference to FIG. 41(1).

In the error occurrence state described with reference to FIG. 1(1), even if an error occurs during the normal game, the normal effect by the liquid crystal display device 157, the output of the normal effect BGM by the speakers 272 and 277, Although the example of continuing the normal effect by the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 has been shown, these normal effects may be interrupted and error notification may be performed.

As a specific example, in the example shown in FIG. 41(1′), since a hopper error has occurred, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays an error notification ( First error notification.In this example, the character string "An error has occurred" is displayed) and error notification prompting error elimination (Third error notification.In this example, please stop the reel ." character string display).

In addition, instead of the normal production BGM, an error notification sound (first error notification. In this example, the sound "error") that makes it impossible to specify the type of error is output from the speakers 272 and 277. is output, and an error notification (first error notification, flashing in red in this example) in which the type of error cannot be specified is executed instead of the normal effect in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. .

In this example, when the operation to stop the reels 110 to 112 is performed in accordance with an error notification (in this example, the display of the character string "Please stop the reels") prompting the error to be resolved, the operation shown in FIG. As shown in (2), the liquid crystal display device 157 executes a second error notification (for example, display of a character string "Hopper jam error") capable of specifying the type of error.

In addition, in the error occurrence state described using FIG. All segments are lit) is shown, but the number indicating the current credit amount may be continuously displayed while the reels 110 to 112 are rotating.

As a specific example, in the example shown in FIG. 41(1′), a hopper error has occurred, but since the reels 110 to 112 are rotating, the current number of credits (this In the example, a number indicating 30) is displayed (in this example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the number "30").

<Power on with setting change in error state/reel stop after error>
The state shown in FIG. 41(2) is a state in which the reels 110 to 112 are stopped after the error shown in FIG. 41(1) (or FIG. 41(1')) occurs.

In the same state, since the reels 110 to 112 are stopped, the liquid crystal display device 157 provides an error notification (second error notification) capable of specifying the type of error instead of the normal effect. Display of the character string "Hopper jam error." Instead of the normal effect, the lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 give an error notification (blinking in red in this example) that makes it impossible to specify the type of error.

In addition, since the error state continues, the error notification by the stored number display 125 (in this example, all segments are lit) is executed (continued), and the error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example , lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string “HJ” representing the hopper error) is executed (continued), and the output of the error notification sound by the speakers 272 and 277 is continued.

<Power on/power off with setting change in error state>
In the state shown in FIG. 41(3), an amusement store clerk or the like opens the front door 102 in a state where an error (in this example, a hopper error) has occurred, and performs an operation to turn the power from on to off. state.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, accumulated number display device 125, payout number display device 127, etc.) notifies and light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp) 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Power-on with setting change/Power-on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 41(4) is a state in which the power is turned on after the operation of turning the setting key from off to on (some operation using the setting key) has been performed.

The slot machine 100 is in a state (first case) in which a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) has occurred, and after the power has been turned off, the operation of turning the setting key from off to on (setting When the power is turned on in a state in which a key operation has been performed, an error state (first state) is established (error notification is prioritized over setting change (error priority)). .

In this state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100, so the liquid crystal display device 157 issues a power-on notification indicating that power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on"). string display).

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 indicate that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

According to this example, when the power is turned on in a state in which a certain error has occurred and a certain operation has been performed using the setting key, the error state (first state) is established depending on the situation. It is possible to give priority to one of the case of becoming and the case of being in a state in which the setting can be changed (second state) over the other, thereby enhancing the convenience of the store clerk or the like.

<Power on with setting change in error state/transition to error state>
The state shown in FIG. 41(5) is a state in which the state has shifted to the hopper error state (first state) without shifting to the state in which the set value can be changed.

In this state, due to the power-on with the setting change in the error occurrence state, the error notification was given priority over the setting change, and the state shifted to the hopper error state (first state). can be identified (second error notification. In this example, display of a character string "Hopper jam error") and error notification prompting error elimination (third error notification. In this example In this example, the character string "Please call the staff" is displayed, and the speaker 272, 277 issues an error notification (first error notification) whose type of error cannot be specified. error") is output, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 issue an error notification (blinking in red in this example) that makes it impossible to specify the type of error.

In addition, the speakers 272 and 277 output an error notification sound (the first error notification, in this example, the sound "error") that makes it impossible to specify the type of error.

In the same state, the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, so that the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, "door is open" is displayed).

On the other hand, in the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening (for example, " (See FIG. 42 (6), etc.), the error notification by the payout number indicator 127 (in this example, the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error lighting of the corresponding segment) is executed with priority.

That is, when the power is turned on with a setting change in an error occurrence state, priority is given to error notification over setting change, and when the state shifts to the hopper error state (first state), at least the liquid crystal display device 157 (first A certain error (in this example, a hopper error) is reported by both the notification means) and the payout number indicator 127 (second notification means).

On the other hand, in the same state, since the power was turned on with the setting change, the current set value ( In this example, the segment corresponding to the number (3 in this example) indicating setting 3) is lit. It should be noted that error notification (for example, turning on all segments) may be executed instead of the current set value on the storage number display 125 .

In this example, an example is shown in which the payout number indicator 127 (second notification means) is used to notify about a certain error (hopper error in this example), but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, instead of (or in addition to) the payout number display 127, a main board display 190 (see FIG. 8, etc.) may be used to display an error.

<Power-on with setting change/error clearing in error state>
The state shown in FIG. 42(6) is a state in which the hopper error has been resolved in the hopper error state and the mode has shifted to the setting confirmation mode.

The slot machine 100 is configured such that when the hopper error (certain error) is resolved in the hopper error state (first state), the set value can be checked.

Also, as described above, a hopper error occurs when a connection abnormality such as disconnection is detected in the cable (wiring) connected to the hopper, and the first condition for hopper error resolution is satisfied (in this example, , the hopper cable connection error is resolved), and when the second condition for hopper error resolution is satisfied (in this example, when the reset button is operated or the door is reset) cancel.

In the same state, after the hopper cable connection error was resolved, the reset button was operated, so the hopper error was resolved and the setting check mode (a state where setting values can be checked) was entered. there is

In the same state, since the mode has shifted to the setting confirmation mode (a state in which the setting value can be confirmed), the liquid crystal display device 157 informs that the setting value is in the confirmation state (in this example, , display of a character string "confirming setting"), and the segment corresponding to the number (3 in this example) indicating the current setting value (setting 3 in this example) on the stored number display 125 light up.

In addition, the speakers 272 and 277 output a setting confirmation sound indicating that the setting value can be confirmed (in this example, the sound "Setting confirmation is in progress"), and the upper lamp 142, In the side lamp 144, a setting confirmation in-progress notification (green lighting in this example) is executed to indicate that the setting value can be confirmed.

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, "the door is open"). display of a character string "Masu"), and a door open notification indicating that the door body is open on the payout number display 127 (in this example, "DR" indicating a door open error). lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string).

According to this example, when the hopper error (some error) is resolved in the hopper error state (first state), it is configured so that the setting value can be checked, and a certain error occurs. Since the setting value can be confirmed even in the state of being set, the convenience of the store clerk or the like can be enhanced.

<Power-on/error recurrence with setting change in error state>
The state shown in FIG. 42(7) is a state in which a hopper error has occurred (recurred) in the setting confirmation mode.

In the same state, since a hopper error has occurred (recurred), the door opening notification by the payout number display 127 (for example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR" indicating that the door opening error) , the error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" representing the hopper error) is preferentially executed.

On the other hand, in the same state, since the setting confirmation mode continues, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes (continues) the informing of the setting confirmation (in this example, the display of the character string "setting confirmation in progress") and the loudspeaker. 272 and 277 to output (continue) the setting confirmation sound (in this example, the sound "setting is being confirmed"), and the upper lamp 142 and side lamp 144 to indicate setting confirmation (green lighting in this example). ) is executed (continued), and the segment corresponding to the number (3 in this example) indicating the current setting value (setting 3 in this example) is lit on the stored number display 125 .

<Power on/power off with setting change in error state>
The state shown in FIG. 42(8) is a state in which the power is turned off while the setting key is on and a hopper error has occurred.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display device 157, accumulated number display device 125, payout number display device 127, etc.) notifies and light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp) 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Power-on with setting change/Power-on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 42(9) is a state in which the power is turned on after the operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON (some operation using the setting key) has been performed.

In the state where a certain error occurs (second case), the slot machine 100 performs an operation of turning the setting key from off to on (a certain operation using the setting key) after the power is turned off. When the power is turned on in this state, the setting value can be changed (second state) (setting change is prioritized over error notification (setting change is given priority)).

In this state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100, so the liquid crystal display device 157 issues a power-on notification indicating that power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on"). string display).

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 indicate that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

According to this example, in a state where a certain error has occurred, when the power is turned on in a state where a certain operation has been performed using the setting key, the error state (first state) is entered depending on the situation. It is possible to give priority to one of the case of setting change and the case of setting changeable state (second state) over the other, so that the convenience of game store clerks and the like can be enhanced.

<Switch to power-on/setting change mode with setting change in error state>
The state shown in FIG. 42(10) is a state in which the setting value can be changed (second state: setting change mode) without transitioning to the hopper error state (first state).

In this state, the setting change is prioritized over the error notification due to the power-on that accompanies the setting change in the error occurrence state. In 157, a setting change in-progress notification (in this example, a character string “setting change in progress” is displayed) is executed to indicate that the setting value can be changed, and the setting value can be changed from the speakers 272 and 277. A setting change notification sound (in this example, a voice saying "setting is being changed") is output to indicate that the setting value can be changed in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. (Blinking in green in this example) is executed.

According to this example, when an error occurs (second case) in the state in which the setting value can be changed, the first notification means (liquid crystal display device 157) Therefore, even when an error notification is being executed, it is possible to notify that the setting value can be changed. can increase

In the same state, the front door 102 is opened in the setting change mode, so that the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, "door is open" is displayed).

On the other hand, in the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening (for example, " (See FIG. 42 (6), etc.), the error notification by the payout number indicator 127 (in this example, the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error lighting of the corresponding segment) is executed with priority.

That is, when the power is turned on with a setting change in an error occurrence state, the setting change is prioritized over the error notification, and when the mode is shifted to the setting change mode (second state), the liquid crystal display device 157 (first notification means ) and one of the payout number display 127 (second notification means) (in this example, the payout number display 127 (second notification means)), a certain error (hopper error in this example) is executed.

On the other hand, in the same state, since the power was turned on with the setting change, the stored number display 125 does not perform error notification (in this example, all segments are lit), and the current set value The segment corresponding to the number (3 in this example) indicating (setting 3 in this example) is lit.

According to this example, even in a state where the setting can be changed (second state), an error can be notified by a part of the notification means (discharge number indicator 127), so that an error occurs. It is possible to notify that the user is in a state in which the error can be resolved, thereby enhancing the convenience of the store clerk or the like.

In this example, an example is shown in which the payout number indicator 127 (second notification means) is used to notify about a certain error (hopper error in this example), but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, instead of (or in addition to) the payout number display 127, a main board display 190 (see FIG. 8, etc.) may be used to display an error.

<Power-on with setting change/setting value change in error state>
The state shown in FIG. 42(11) is a state in which the reset button is operated in the setting change mode (second state).

In this state, since it is in the setting change mode, while the set value is displayed on the storage number display 125, the currently set set value is The setting value can be changed by adding 1 to each of 1 to 6, and the setting value is determined when the depression operation of the start lever 135 is accepted.

In the same state, since one operation by the reset button is accepted, the setting value is changed from setting 3 to setting 4, and the setting value after the update (setting 4 in this example) is displayed on the storage number display 125 The segment corresponding to the number indicating (4 in this example) is illuminated.

In the same state, since the mode is the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 informs that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output a setting change notification sound, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 inform that the setting is being changed. Execute (continue).

<Power on/end of setting change mode with setting change in error state>
In the state shown in FIG. 43 (12), the setting value is confirmed, the setting change is completed, and a certain operation by the setting key is canceled (the setting key is pulled out after the operation to turn the setting key from on to off is performed). ), the setting change mode is completed.

In the same state, since the setting change mode has ended, the liquid crystal display device 157 informs that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output a notification sound that the setting is being changed, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 inform that the setting is being changed, and storage is performed. The display of the set value by the number display 125 is ended.

On the other hand, in the same state, since the hopper error has not been resolved, the liquid crystal display device 157 issues an error notification (second error notification) that can identify the type of error. display of a character string "") and an error notification (third error notification; in this example, display of a character string "Please call a staff member") prompting the elimination of the error. An error notification that cannot identify the type of error (first error notification. In this example, the sound "error") is output, and the type of error is identified by the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. Executes an error notification (blinking in red in this example) that cannot be performed.

In the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening (for example, " (See FIG. 42 (6), etc.), the error notification by the payout number indicator 127 (in this example, the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error lighting of the corresponding segment) is executed with priority.

<Power-on with setting change/error clearing in error state>
The state shown in FIG. 43(13) is a state in which the hopper error has been resolved in the hopper error state.

In the error state (first state), the slot machine 100 completes the operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON (some operation using the setting key) before resolving the hopper error (certain error), and then When the hopper error (certain error) is eliminated, it is configured so that the game can be played.

In the same state, the hopper error was resolved because the reset button was operated after the setting key was pulled out after the setting key was turned from on to off, and the hopper cable connection error was resolved. At the same time, the game has transitioned to a state in which it is possible to play.

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open in a state where a game can be played, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification (in this example, display of a character string "the door is open"), and a door open notification indicating that the door body is open (in this example, a door open error) on the payout number indicator 127. lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR" representing the

In addition, since the front door 102 is in the open state (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 notify the door open (this example blinks in red), and repeatedly outputs a door open notification sound (in this example, the sound "the door is open") indicating that the door is open from the speakers 272 and 277. there is

According to this example, in the error state (first state), the operation of turning the setting key from off to on (a certain operation with the setting key) is completed before the hopper error (a certain error) is resolved, and then When a hopper error (certain error) is resolved immediately, the game is ready for play. This makes it possible to increase the operating rate of the gaming machines.

<Power on with setting change/closure of front door in error state>
The state shown in FIG. 43 (14) is a state in which the front door 102 has been closed by a store clerk or the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display device 157 notifies the door opening, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening, and the speakers 272 and 277 output the door opening notification sound. The door opening notification by the lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 has ended.

In the same state, since the state has shifted to a state where a game can be played, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes a demonstration effect, the speakers 272 and 277 output the demonstration BGM, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 Running a demo.

<Power on with setting change in error state / normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 43(15) is a state in which a normal game is started after a predetermined number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration effect shown in FIG. 43(14).

In this state, since a specified number (three in this example) of medals has been inserted in a demonstration effect (a state in which a game can be played), a normal game is started, and the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a demonstration effect. When finished, the normal performance is executed, the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 in place of the demonstration performance BGM, and the demonstration performance is terminated and the normal performance is executed in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144.例文帳に追加.

<Modified example of error notification in error state>
Next, with reference to FIG. 44, a modified example of error notification in an error occurrence state will be described. FIG. 44 is a diagram showing, in chronological order, a modification of error notification in an error occurrence state.

<Modified Example of Error Notification in Error Occurrence State/Error Occurrence>
The state shown in FIG. 44(1) is a state in which a hopper jam error (hopper error) has occurred during reel rotation in a normal game.

In this example, a hopper error has occurred, but since the normal game is being played, the normal effect is executed (continued) on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the normal effect BGM is output (continued) from the speakers 272 and 277. ), and the normal effect is executed (continued) in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 .

On the other hand, in the same state, since a hopper error has occurred, the payout number indicator 127 displays an error notification (in this example, a character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error). lighting of the corresponding segment).

<Modified Example of Error Notification in Error Occurrence State/Reel Stop after Error Occurrence>
The state shown in FIG. 44(2) is a state in which the reels 110 to 112 are stopped after the error shown in FIG. 44(1) occurs.

In the same state, since the reels 110 to 112 are stopped, instead of the number indicating the current number of credits on the accumulated number display 125, an error notification (in this example, all Segment is lit) is being executed, but the normal game can be continued.

<Modified Example of Error Notification in Error Occurrence State/Game Following Game at Error Occurrence>
The state shown in FIG. 44(3) is a state in which the game following the game at the time of error occurrence shown in FIG. 44(1) is being played.

The same state is a state in which the hopper error continues, but the game is a game that does not satisfy the error notification start condition in the normal game (in this example, a game that has won a prize without payout). The normal game is continued, the normal effect is executed (continued) on the liquid crystal display device 157, the normal effect BGM is output (continued) from the speakers 272 and 277, and the normal effect is executed on the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. (continuing.

<Modified example of error notification in error state/Further next game>
The state shown in FIG. 44(4) is a state in which the game following the game shown in FIG. 44(3) is being played.

The same state is a state in which the hopper error continues, but the game is a game that satisfies the error notification start condition in the normal game (in this example, a game in which a small combination (bell) with a payout is won). Therefore, the error notification is executed at the timing of reel stop (when the payout occurs).

The timing of the error notification is not limited to the timing of stopping the reels, and may be, for example, the timing of internally winning a winning combination with a payout, the timing of receiving the first stop operation or the second stop operation, and the like.

<Modified Example of Error Notification in Error Occurrence State/Reel Stop>
The state shown in FIG. 44(5) is a state in which the reels 110 to 112 are stopped in the game in which the first payout occurs after the occurrence of the error shown in FIG. 44(4).

In the same state, since the error notification is performed when the reels 110 to 112 are stopped, instead of the normal effect, the error notification (second error notification) that can specify the type of error In this example, the character string "Hopper jam error" is displayed) and the error notification prompting the error to be resolved (the third error notification. In this example, the character string is displayed "Please call the staff") , and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 perform error notification (in this example, blinking in red) in place of the normal effect, in which the type of error cannot be specified.

In the same state, when the reels 110 to 112 are stopped, instead of displaying the number indicating the current number of credits on the accumulated number display 125, an error notification (in this example, all segment) is executed, and error notification by the payout number indicator 127 (in this example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" representing the hopper error) is executed (continued). .

According to this example, since there is a possibility that there is no store clerk or the like near the player during the game, By executing the notification about the error in , the occurrence of the error can be surely notified to the store clerk or the like, and the error can be dealt with quickly.

In this example, the example of the game that satisfies the error notification start condition in the normal game is "a game in which a winning combination with a payout is won", but the present invention is not limited to this. A game that shifts to a game that is advantageous to the player (for example, bonus, RT) ", "A game that wins a game that is advantageous to the player (for example, bonus, RT)", "A predetermined number of games or It may be "game after playing time has passed" or the like.

<Resolving an error while changing settings>
Next, with reference to FIG. 45, the presentation for error resolution during setting change will be described. FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of an effect in error resolution during setting change.

The state shown in FIG. 45(10) is the same as the state of <transition to setting change mode> described using FIG. 42(10), and the state before the state shown in FIG. 41(1) to 41(5) and 42(6) to 42(9), the description is omitted.

<Resolving errors while changing settings / Resolving connection errors>
The state shown in FIG. 45 (11) is a state in which the first condition for hopper error resolution is satisfied (in this example, the hopper cable connection error is resolved) in the setting change mode and hopper error state. .

The slot machine according to this example is configured to be able to eliminate errors even in a setting change mode (a state in which setting values can be changed).

In this state, the first condition for hopper error resolution is met (in this example, the hopper cable connection error is resolved), but the second condition is not met (in this example, the reset button is not operated), the setting change mode continues.

In the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening (for example, " Error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error) is given priority over lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR"). and run.

In the same state, since the mode is the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 informs that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output a setting change notification sound, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 inform that the setting is being changed. Execute (continue).

<Resolving an error while changing settings/Operation of the reset button>
In the state shown in FIG. 45(12), the second condition for hopper error elimination is satisfied after the first condition for hopper error elimination shown in FIG. is operated).

In the same state, in the setting change mode, one operation by the reset button is accepted, so the setting value is changed from setting 3 to setting 4, and the updated setting value (this example , the segment corresponding to the number (4 in this example) indicating setting 4) is lit.

In addition, in the same state, since the second condition for eliminating the hopper error is satisfied at the same time (in this example, the reset button is operated), the payout number indicator 127 displays the door body instead of the error notification. A door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR" representing the door open error) is executed.

In the same state, since the mode is the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 informs that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output a setting change notification sound, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 inform that the setting is being changed. Execute (continue).

According to this example, since it is possible to eliminate the error even in the state in which the setting change is possible (second state), after the work of changing the setting is completed, the state in which the game can be played is promptly restored. It is possible to transfer the game, and the operating rate of the game machine can be increased.

<Resolving an error while changing settings/Exiting the setting change mode>
In the state shown in FIG. 45 (13), the setting value is confirmed, the setting change is completed, and a certain operation by the setting key is released (the setting key is pulled out after the operation to turn the setting key from on to off is performed). ), the setting change mode is completed.

In the same state, since the setting change mode has ended, the liquid crystal display device 157 informs that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output a notification sound that the setting is being changed, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 inform that the setting is being changed, and storage is performed. While the display of the set value by the number display 125 is finished, the stored number display 125 is used to light the segment corresponding to the number (0 in this example) indicating the current credit amount.

In the same state, since the front door 102 is open, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, "the door is open"). ”) is executed, and the payout number indicator 127 displays a door open notification indicating that the door body is in an open state (in this example, the characters “DR” indicating a door open error lighting of the segment corresponding to the column).

Further, in this state, since the setting change mode is finished, a setting change completion notification sound (in this example, "setting change complete") is emitted from the speakers 272 and 277 to indicate that the setting value has been changed. Since the front door 102 is in the open state after outputting the door open notification sound (in this example, "Door is open is being output repeatedly.

<Resolving an error while changing settings/Closing the front door>
The state shown in FIG. 45 (14) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a store clerk or the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display device 157 notifies the door opening, the payout number indicator 127 notifies the door opening, and the speakers 272 and 277 output the door opening notification sound. The door opening notification by the lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 has ended.

In the same state, since the state has shifted to a state where a game can be played, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes a demonstration effect, the speakers 272 and 277 output the demonstration BGM, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 Running a demo.

<Resolution of error during setting change/Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 45(15) is a state in which a normal game is started after a predetermined number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration effect shown in FIG. 45(14).

In this state, since a specified number (three in this example) of medals has been inserted in a demonstration effect (a state in which a game can be played), a normal game is started, and the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a demonstration effect. When finished, the normal performance is executed, the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 in place of the demonstration performance BGM, and the demonstration performance is terminated and the normal performance is executed in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144.例文帳に追加.

<Summary of claimed invention>
As described above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1) can set one setting value among a plurality of setting values (for example, setting 1 to setting 6). In a gaming machine having setting means, there are at least a first case and a second case in a state in which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) occurs, and in the first case, the power supply is turned off. After being turned off, if the power is turned on while a certain operation using the setting key (for example, a setting change operation to turn the setting key from off to on shown in FIG. 41(4)) is performed, an error occurs. state (hereinafter referred to as "first state"; for example, the error state shown in FIG. 41(5)), and in the second case, after the power is turned off, the certain operation (for example, 42 (9), when the power is turned on in a state in which the setting change operation of turning the setting key from off to on) is performed, a state in which the setting value can be changed (hereinafter referred to as a "second state") is entered. For example, the gaming machine is characterized in that it becomes a setting change mode shown in (10) to (11) in FIG.

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, when the power is turned on in a state where a certain error has occurred and a certain operation has been performed using the setting key, the error state ( One of the first state) and the changeable state (second state) can be prioritized over the other.

Further, when the certain error is resolved in the first state, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, the setting confirmation mode shown in FIGS. 42(6) to 42(7)). good too.

With such a configuration, even if a certain error occurs, it is possible to confirm the setting value by resolving the error. .

In addition, the "second case" according to the present invention is not limited to "the case where the certain error occurs in the state where the setting value can be confirmed", but "the case where the setting change has priority over the error notification". , ``when power is restored in an error state and the error is resolved'', or the like may be used.

Further, the second case is the case where the certain error occurs while the setting value can be checked (for example, the error occurs in the setting confirmation mode shown in FIG. 42(7)). and an operation means (for example, a reset button) is provided, the operation means is an operation means that functions as a part of the operation for changing the setting value, and the operation means is an operation for eliminating the certain error. and is capable of resolving the certain error before finalizing the change of the set value in the second state, and in the second state, the operation means When the certain error is resolved by the operation of , the set value is changed by the operation of the operation means (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 45 (12), the set value is set from setting 3 as well as the error is resolved. 4).

With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate the error even in the state where the setting change is possible (second state). It is possible to move quickly, and the operating rate of the game machine can be increased.

Also, in the first state, if the certain operation is completed before the certain error is resolved, and then the error is resolved, the game becomes possible (for example, FIG. 43). In the example shown in (12) to (15), after the setting key is returned to the original state, the game may be shifted to the normal game when the hopper error is resolved.

With such a configuration, when a certain operation is canceled, it is possible to quickly shift to a state in which a game can be played, and the operating rate of the gaming machine can be increased.

In addition, a first notification means (for example, liquid crystal display device 157) and a second notification means (for example, payout number display device 127, main board display device 190) are provided, and the first case is When both the first notification means and the second notification means are reporting the error (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157 and the payout number indicator 127 shown in FIG. 41(5) The second case means that one of the first notification means and the second notification means notifies about the certain error. is being executed (for example, a state in which the hopper error is reported only by the payout number indicator 127, as shown in FIG. 42(10)).

With such a configuration, even in a state where the setting can be changed (second state), error notification can be performed by a part of the notification means, so even in a state where an error has occurred, The fact that the error can be resolved can be notified, and the convenience of the store clerk or the like can be enhanced.

In addition, the ``first case'' according to the present invention is not limited to ``when both the first notification means and the second notification means are performing notification regarding the certain error'', and `` "When error notification is given priority over setting change".

Further, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (eg, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1) includes setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values (eg, setting 1 to setting 6), and a plurality of reporting means capable of reporting a certain error, wherein the plurality of reporting means comprises a first reporting means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157) and a second reporting means. (For example, payout number display 127, main board display 190), and when the error occurs during the game (hereinafter referred to as "first case"), the first notification means and Both of the second notification means are notified about the certain error (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 41(5), both the liquid crystal display device 157 and the payout number indicator 127 are notified about the hopper error. ), when the certain error occurs in the state where the setting value can be changed or confirmed (hereinafter referred to as "second case"), the first notification means and the second notification Only the second reporting means of the means reports on the error (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 42(10), the hopper error is reported only on the payout number indicator 127). , is a game machine characterized by:

According to the amusement machine according to the present embodiment, since there is a possibility that there is no store clerk or the like near the player during the game, both the first notification means and the second notification means can execute the error notification. Therefore, the occurrence of an error can be surely notified to a store clerk or the like, and the error can be dealt with quickly. In addition, even during the execution of setting operations that allow setting values to be changed or checked, error notification can be performed by some notification means, so even if an error has occurred, the error can be resolved. It is possible to notify that the game is in a bad state, and it is possible to enhance the convenience of the store clerk or the like.

Further, in the second case, the first notification means executes notification that the setting value can be changed or confirmed (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 42(10), the liquid crystal In the display device 157, notification during setting change may be executed).

With such a configuration, it is possible to notify that the setting value can be changed or confirmed even when an error notification is being executed. can increase

Further, sound output means (for example, speakers 272 and 277) are provided, and the sound output means outputs a sound related to the certain error in the first case (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 41(5) , and output an error notification sound from the speakers 272 and 277), and in the second case, the sound output means outputs a sound related to the change or confirmation of the set value (for example, the example shown in FIG. 42 (10) Then, the speaker 272, 277 may output a notification sound during setting change).

With such a configuration, the occurrence of an error can be reliably notified to a store clerk or the like, and the error can be dealt with quickly.

Further, in the first case, after the power is turned off, a certain operation using the setting key (for example, a setting change operation of turning the setting key on from off as shown in FIG. 41(4)) is performed. When the power is turned on in this state, the setting value cannot be changed, and the notification regarding the certain error (for example, the error notification shown in FIG. 41(5)) is executed again. In the second case, after the power is turned off, the power is turned off while the certain operation (for example, the setting change operation to turn on the setting key from off as shown in FIG. 42(9)) is performed. When turned on, it may be in a state in which the setting values can be changed (for example, a setting change mode shown in (10) to (11) in FIG. 42).

With such a configuration, when a certain error occurs during a game and the power is turned on while a certain operation is performed using the setting key, the error is notified according to the situation. It is possible to give priority to one of the case of performing the setting change and the case of being in a state in which the setting can be changed over the other, thereby enhancing the convenience of the store clerk or the like of the game parlor.

Further, in the first case, when the certain error is resolved, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, the setting confirmation mode shown in FIGS. 42(6) to 42(7)), and the second operation is performed. In the case, when the change of the set value is completed, both the first notification means and the second notification means execute notification regarding the certain error (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 43 (12), Both the liquid crystal display device 157 and the payout number display 127 may be used to notify about the hopper error.

With such a configuration, even if a certain error occurs, it is possible to confirm the setting value by resolving the error. . In addition, by executing the notification about the error by both the first notification means and the second notification means after the change of the set value is completed, the occurrence of the error can be surely notified to the salesclerk or the like, and the error can be dealt with. You can definitely take action.

Also, the main control unit, the first sub-control unit, and the second sub-control unit may be configured on a single chip, or the main control unit and the first sub-control unit may be configured to allow two-way communication. good. Further, while bi-directional communication is enabled between the main controller and the first sub-controller, the communication from the first sub-controller to the second sub-controller may be one-way communication.

Also, the game machine according to the present invention can be applied to a new slot machine (management game machine) that does not use real medals, or to an enclosed game machine. Here, the "enclosed game machine" is one in which balls enclosed in the game machine are circulated.

<Game table (modification)>
Next, the basic configuration of the slot machine 1100 and the basic configuration of the lending machine 1700 according to the modification will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 46 is an external perspective view of the slot machine 1100 and the lending machine 1700 according to the modification as seen from the front side (player side).

In order to avoid duplication of explanation, only the configuration different from that of the slot machine 100 explained with reference to FIG. 1 will be explained here.

The game medal number display device 1170 is a 5-digit 7-segment (SEG) display, and is a device for displaying the game medal number recorded by the medal number control section 1350 shown in FIG.

The counting button 1171 is an operation means for transmitting information on the number of game medals recorded in the medal number control section 1350 shown in FIG.

A lending machine 1700 shown in FIG. 46 is sometimes called a card unit and corresponds to an example of the game medium management device of the present invention. This lending machine 700 is installed in a one-to-one relationship with the slot machine 100 .

The lending machine 1700 accepts cards. There are two types of "cards" here. One is a visitor card (also referred to as a general card) having a prepaid function, which is a game storage medium issued to general players who have not registered as members. The other is a membership card, which is a game storage medium issued to a member player who has registered as a member of a game arcade. An IC card is used as the card.

Valuable value is stored in the card. Valuable values stored in the card include "number of medals possessed" and "monetary balance" which is the balance of prepaid money. The lending machine 1700 that accepts the card has a function of converting the "number of medals possessed" stored in the card into the "number of game medals (number of credits)".

The “number of game medals (number of credits)” is data that can be used for setting the number of bets and can be converted into “number of medals possessed”. The "number of game medals" can be obtained by withdrawing the "monetary balance" of the card or the "number of medals possessed". In addition, the "number of game medals" includes the number of medals obtained by winning prizes. This "number of game medals" is managed by the medal number control unit 1350 shown in FIG. 19, and is the number of electronic medals (amount of electronic game value) electromagnetically stored. By performing the insertion operation using the bet buttons 130 and 132, the "number of game medals" is subtracted.

The “number of medals possessed” is a value obtained by converting the “number of game medals (number of credits)” into a numerical value. This "number of medals possessed" is stored so as to be identifiable by the player's card. That is, by operating the counting button 1171, the "number of game medals" is converted into the "number of owned medals", which can be stored in the card. The "number of owned medals" may be managed by a management device for managing the number of owned medals installed in the game arcade.

On the front side of the lending machine 1700, a banknote insertion slot 1701 for inserting banknotes is provided above, and a card insertion slot 1702 for inserting cards is provided below. A member card or visitor card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702 is accepted by the card reader/writer, and the information stored in the card is read. A banknote inserted into the banknote insertion slot 1701 is identified for authenticity and banknote type, and the denomination of the banknote is stored in the card inserted in the card insertion slot 1702 as a "monetary balance".

An information display 1703 is provided below the banknote insertion slot 1701 . This information display 1703 is a display for providing operation guidance of the lending machine 1700, the state of the slot machine 1100, etc. by characters and images. It should be noted that the surface may be composed of a touch panel, and various operations may be input by touching various displayed items with a finger.
@
@
Under the information display 1703, a money balance display 1705 and a medal number balance display 1706 are arranged in two stages. The money balance display 1705 displays the "money balance" stored in the card inserted into the card slot 1702 as the amount. On the other hand, on the medal balance display 1706, the "number of medals" stored in the card inserted into the card slot 1702 is displayed as the number of medals.
@
@
A lending button 1707 and a card return button 1708 are provided at the central portion of the lending machine 1700 in the vertical direction. The lending button 1707 is an operation means for performing an operation for withdrawing the "money balance" stored in the card inserted into the card slot 1702 to obtain the "number of game medals". Specifically, when the card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702 has a "monetary balance", the LED lamp built into the lending button 1707 lights up in a manner indicating that withdrawal is possible. By operating the lending button 1707 in this state, the "number of game medals" is added according to the money to be withdrawn.

For example, the "number of game medals" equivalent to 1000 yen is added as the predetermined amount. Also, if the "monetary balance" of the card is less than a predetermined amount (for example, less than 1000 yen), only the "number of game medals" converted from the current balance at a predetermined rate is added. Even if the "monetary balance" of the card is less than the predetermined amount, the "number of game medals" corresponding to the predetermined amount can be added by replenishing the "number of medals" stored in the card. good.

A card return button 1708 is operated when the player ends the game, and is an operation means for storing the "number of medals possessed" determined at the end of the game in the card inserted in the card slot 1702 and ejecting the card. is. The "number of medals held" determined at the end of the game is obtained by subtracting the number of medals converted from the "number of medals held" stored in the card inserted in the card insertion slot 1702 into the "number of game medals", and then counting. The number of medals is obtained by adding the number of game medals counted by the operation.
@
@
Each of the data of "monetary balance", "number of medals", and "number of game medals" described above is stored in the order of "money balance" and "number of medals" → "number of game medals" → "number of medals". will be converted. In this way, the "number of game medals" specified by the card is converted into the "number of game medals", and in the slot machine 1100 of this example, the number of bets can be set using the "number of game medals". Therefore, players accustomed to conventional slot machines in which real tokens are lent, credits are secured by inserting the real tokens, and the number of bets is set using the credits are confused. It is possible to provide a game by a new slot machine (managed game machine) that does not use real medals.

Although this specification does not mention "the number of stored medals", this "the number of stored medals" is the number of owned medals deposited in the game hall rather than being stored in the card. In the game hall, the number of medals acquired by the player in the game is managed as 'points' during the day and managed as 'the number of accumulated medals' after the day after winning by the hall management terminal or other management computer. You may do so. When both the "number of stored medals" and the "number of owned medals" are stored, the "number of owned medals" is preferentially withdrawn. Also, both the "number of medals possessed" and the "number of medals saved" may be stored in the host server in association with the card number. In the case of the visitor card, the "number of medals possessed" is directly stored in the visitor card, but the "number of medals possessed" may be stored in the host server in association with the card number.

When the card number is stored in the host server in correspondence with the card number, data that can specify the time stored in the host server may be written in the card (member card, visitor card) and ejected. As for the "monetary balance", the card (membership card, visitor card) is directly written and ejected. The timing at which the "number of medals possessed" is stored in a card (member card, visitor card) or the host server is, for example, the timing at which the count button 1171 is operated and count processing is performed. However, instead of this, the card may be stored collectively when the card is returned. Furthermore, when the player finishes playing the game and returns the card from the lending machine 1700, the "number of medals possessed" stored in the lending machine 1700 is once stored as medals, and the card is returned to the hall management end or another lending machine 1700. When it is inserted, only the ``number of owned medals'' for the day temporarily stored as stored medals is stored again in the lending machine 700, and the ``number of game medals'' is added within the range of the ``number of owned medals'', and the game can be played. You may do so.

<Control unit>
Next, with reference to FIG. 47, the circuit configuration of the control section of slot machine 1100 according to the modification will be described in detail. FIG. 47 shows a circuit block diagram of the control section of the slot machine 1100 according to the modification.

In order to avoid duplication of explanation, only the configuration different from the control unit of the slot machine 100 explained with reference to FIG. 3 (mainly the configuration belonging to the rectangular area indicated by symbol A in FIG. 47) will be explained here. It is assumed that

The main control unit 300 has a game control unit 302 that controls the progress of the game and a medal count control unit 1350 that controls the number of game medals owned by the player. The game control unit 302 corresponds to an example of game control means, and the medal count control unit 1350 corresponds to an example of game value control means.

Like the game control unit 302, the medal number control unit 1350 also has a CPU 1354, a ROM 1356, a RAM 1358, an I/O 1360 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter for measuring time, number of times, etc. A timer 1362 is installed.

A basic circuit of the medal number control section 1350 is connected to a game medal number display device 1170 composed of a 5-digit 7-segment (SEG) display, a count button 1171 and a game medal number clear button 1172 .

In addition, the basic circuit of the medal number control unit 1350 is also connected to a lending machine 1700 via a lending machine connection terminal board 1790 . The medal number control unit 1350 performs two-way communication with the lending machine 1700 .

The medal count control section 1350 transmits various commands to the game control section 302 . The game control section 302 also transmits various commands to the medal number control section 1350 . That is, the communication between the medal count control section 1350 and the game control section 302 is also bidirectional communication.
@
@
Also, the medal count control unit 1350 stores the “game medal count” in a predetermined area of the RAM 1358 . Specifically, the "number of game medals" is stored in the credit counter. The medal count control unit 350 updates the “game medal count” stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 1358 by addition processing or subtraction processing. As the addition processing, processing based on a payout command transmitted from the game control unit 302, processing based on a settlement command transmitted from the game control unit 302, and processing based on a lending notification transmitted from the lending machine 1700 is given. On the other hand, as subtraction processing, there are counting processing based on operation of the counting button 1171 and processing based on an input command transmitted from the game control section 302 .

Note that the number-of-game-medals clear button 1172 shown in FIG. This is an operation means for clearing the "number of game medals" stored in the .

For example, if a player is absent with "2" remaining in the number of game medals, it becomes difficult to determine whether the player who has left "2" intends to continue playing the game. Although the game cannot be started, if the number of game medals can be cleared by the clerk's operation, another player can be welcomed early. When the number of game medals clear button 1172 is operated, the "number of game medals" is not necessarily cleared. , counting may be performed in the same manner as when the counting button 1171 is operated. If the counting button 1171 fails or the like and it becomes impossible to recognize that the counting button 1171 has been operated, the ``number of game medals'' cannot be converted into the ``number of medals possessed'', and there is a possibility that the player will be disadvantaged. However, if the counter can be counted by the store clerk's operation, the player will not be disadvantaged.

Furthermore, since there is no need to newly provide a counting button for the store clerk, there is no cost increase. It should be noted that clearing and counting may not be determined by judging the number of game medals, and clearing and counting may be determined according to the operation method of the game medal number clear button 1172 . For example, it is cleared when pressed for a short time, and counted when pressed for a long time. Either clearing or counting can be easily selected regardless of the number of game medals. Also, it is cleared when only the number of game medals clear button 1172 is operated, and is counted when the number of game medals clear button 1172 and other buttons are operated at the same time. It is less likely that you will make a mistake in operation, and you can easily choose between clearing and counting.

In the slot machine 1100 according to the modification, when MY (the number of game values acquired from the lowest point) reaches a predetermined number (for example, 19000), the complete function is activated and the game is stopped. In addition, when the complete function is activated during AT, the game may be stopped immediately, or may be terminated after AT is finished.

Also, when the complete function is activated, it can be reset by turning on the power or changing the settings, but since it is not preferable to turn off the power during the business hours of the amusement arcade, it is substantially stopped.

In addition, when a specific gaming machine is significantly stuck (for example, when the setting is left unchanged and spans multiple days), the upper limit of the complete function may be activated in the negative area of the difference number. In addition, the game value display means is capable of throwing medals acquired on other gaming machines into the current gaming machine by lending them. In some cases, the upper limit of the game value display means is reached.

Errors that can occur in the slot machine 1100 according to this example include counting errors, unit connection errors (connection errors with the lending machine 1700), and the like. Included in "certain error".

The counting error is an error related to the counting process or a display error related to the game value display means. For example, when the displayed credit exceeds the upper limit of 16369 credits of the game value display means, counting by the count button 1171 is prompted. Execute error notification for

It should be noted that the actions and effects described in the embodiments of the present invention are merely enumerations of the most suitable actions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the actions and effects of the present invention are described in the embodiments of the present invention. are not limited to those listed. Further, by applying the content described in one configuration among the multiple configurations described in the embodiment to another configuration, the width of the game may be expanded.

The game machine according to the present invention can be applied to a game machine represented by a pinball game machine (pachinko machine), a reel game machine (slot machine), an enclosed game machine, or a medalless slot machine. can.

100 slot machine 110-112 reel 113 symbol display window 130-132 bet button 135 start lever 137-139 stop button 157 liquid crystal display device

Claims (1)

a first notification means;
a second notification means;
an operating means;
setting means capable of setting one setting value among a plurality of setting values ;
A game machine comprising
In the state where a certain error occurs (hereinafter referred to as "third state"), at least the first case and the second case may occur,
The first case means that after the power has been turned off in the third state, when the power is turned on in a state in which a setting key is operated, the third state is entered. is the case,
In the second case, in the third state, after the power has been turned off, if the power is turned on after the certain operation has been performed, the set value can be changed ( hereinafter referred to as the "second state"),
when the certain error occurs during the game, both the first reporting means and the second reporting means report the error;
When the certain error occurs in the state in which the set value can be changed , one of the first reporting means and the second reporting means reports the error. ,
The operation means is an operation means that functions as part of an operation for changing the setting value,
The operation means is an operation means that functions as part of an operation for resolving the certain error,
it is possible to resolve the certain error before finalizing the change in the setting value in the second state;
In the second state, the certain error is resolved and the set value is changed by operating the operating means.
A playground characterized by:

Images